Upload
vuongdat
View
226
Download
7
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Health Safety and Environment Plan: ReNew Power Ventures Private Limited HSE Plan
October 2016
Renew Power Ventures Private Limited
CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 QUALITY, HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT POLICY 1 1.2 OBJECTIVE AND TARGET SPECIFIC TO HSE 1
2 ORGANISATION, RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3
2.1 ORGANISATION CHART 3 2.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3 2.3 COMPETENCE AND TRAINING 4 2.4 SITE LEVEL HSE IMPLEMENTATION 4
3 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 5
3.1 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK – ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES 5 3.2 APPLICABLE REGULATORY HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) FRAMEWORK 7
4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT 12
4.1 GENERAL 12 4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVITIES AND HAZARDS ON SITE 12 4.2.1 Hazard Evaluation 12 4.2.2 Hazard Categories 12 4.3 TOOLS USED FOR HAZARDS AND RISK ASSESSMENT 13 4.3.1 Construction Hazard Assessment 14 4.3.2 Job Hazard Analysis 14 4.3.3 Pre-Job Safety Instruction/ Tool Box Talk 14 4.4 DOCUMENTATION FOR RISK ASSESSMENT 15 4.5 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE 15 4.5.1 Stages of Management of Change 15 4.5.2 MOC Triggers 17 4.5.3 Management of Change Review 17
5 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND ASPECT AND IMPACT ANALYSIS 18
5.1 GENERAL 18 5.2 SCOPE 18 5.3 DEFINITION 18 5.4 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY 19 5.4.1 Regional ESMS Manager 19 5.4.2 Procedure 19 5.4.3 Aspect Identification 19 5.4.4 Evaluation of likelihood and consequences of Aspects 20 5.4.5 Calculation of Risk 20 5.4.6 Identification of Controls 20 5.4.7 Records 20 5.5 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20
6 OPERATIONAL CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY 21
6.1 WORK AT HEIGHT 21 6.1.1 Hazards for Work at Height 21 6.1.2 Control Measures 21 6.1.3 Mobile Elevated Working Platforms 22 6.1.4 Scaffolds and Ladders 23 6.1.5 Lifts, and Hoists Safety 25 6.1.6 Training and competence 26 6.1.7 Inspection, maintenance and examination 26 6.2 ELECTRICAL SAFETY 26 6.2.1 General 26 6.2.2 Lock-out & Tag-Out 27 6.2.3 Hand and Power Tools 28 6.2.4 Training 28 6.3 CONFINED SPACE 29 6.3.1 General 29 6.3.2 Hazards in Confined Space: 29 6.3.3 Control Measures 30 6.4 MACHINE GUARDING 30 6.4.1 General 30 6.4.2 Hazard from Machines 31 6.4.3 Controls on Machines 31 6.4.4 Training 31 6.4.5 Inspection, maintenance and examination 32 6.5 HOT WORK 32 6.5.1 General 32 6.5.2 Hazards in hot work 32 6.5.3 Controls for Hot Work 32 6.5.4 Training 33 6.6 PERMIT TO WORK 33 6.6.1 General 33 6.6.2 Work NOT requiring Permit to Work: 34 6.6.3 Types of Permit to Work System 34 6.6.4 Procedure 35 6.6.5 Training 36 6.7 WORKING IN REMOTE LOCATIONS (LONE WORKERS) 36 6.7.1 General 36 6.7.2 Hazards associated with Lone workers 37 6.7.3 Controls Measures 37 6.7.4 Training 37 6.8 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS (PPES) 37 6.8.1 General 37 6.8.2 Selection of PPEs 38 6.8.3 Test and Inspection 38 6.9 CONTRACTOR CODE OF PRACTICE 39 6.9.1 General 39 6.9.2 Risk Assessment 39 6.9.3 Tools and Equipments 40 6.9.4 Administrative Controls 40 6.10 NOISE EXPOSURE AND HEARING CONSERVATION 40
6.10.1 General 40 6.10.2 Hearing Protecting Devices 41 6.10.3 Employee training and education 41 6.11 CONSTRUCTION WORK 41 6.11.1 General 41 6.11.2 Training 42 6.12 COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY 42 6.12.1 General 42 6.12.2 Risk Assessment 42 6.12.3 Infrastructure and Equipment Design and Safety 42 6.12.4 Hazardous Materials Management and Safety 43 6.12.5 Emergency Preparedness and Response 43 6.12.6 Security Personnel 43 6.13 HYGIENE AND HOUSEKEEPING 44 6.13.1 General 44 6.13.2 General Procedures 45 6.14 VEHICLE MOVEMENT 46 6.14.1 General 46 6.14.2 Safe Design 46 6.14.3 Safe vehicle 47 6.14.4 Safe Driver 47 6.14.5 Review 48 6.15 FUEL AND CHEMICAL MANAGEMENT 48 6.15.1 Chemical Hazard Identification: 48 6.15.2 Chemical Risk Assessment: 48 6.15.3 Chemical Approval 49 6.15.4 Chemical Risk Control Measures: 49 6.15.5 Emergency Preparedness 49 6.16 GAS CYLINDER HANDLING AND STORAGE 49 6.16.1 General 49 6.16.2 Identification of Content of Gas Cylinders: 49 6.16.3 Transportation of gas cylinders: 50 6.16.4 Storage of Gas Cylinders: 50 6.16.5 Use of Compressed Gas Cylinders: 50 6.17 EXCAVATION 51 6.17.1 Control Measures 51 6.18 ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT INVESTIGATION 52 6.18.1 General 52 6.18.2 Definitions 52 6.18.3 Incident Reporting and Investigation 52 6.18.4 Authority to Stop Work 53 6.19 OFFICE ERGONOMICS 53 6.19.1 Musculoskeletal injury (MSI) 54
7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL PROCEDURES 55
7.1 CONSUMPTION OF WATER AND ENERGY RESOURCES 55 7.1.1 Water consumption at site 55 7.1.2 Energy Consumption at the Site level 55 7.2 AIR AND NOISE EMISSIONS 56 7.2.1 Air Emissions 56
7.2.2 Noise Controls 57 7.2.3 Monitoring Plan 57 7.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE 58 7.3.1 Brief Introduction 58 7.3.2 Objectives of the Plan 58 7.3.3 Legislations and Guidelines 59 7.3.4 Type of Wastes- Construction 59 7.3.5 Avoidance & Reduction 59 7.3.6 Reuse & Recycling 60 7.3.7 Storage of Waste 61 7.3.8 Disposal of Waste 61 7.3.9 General Site Management 62 7.3.10 Inspection & Monitoring 62 7.3.11 Type of Wastes- Operation 62 7.3.12 Mitigation measures 63 7.3.13 Solid Waste Handling and Disposal Method 63 7.3.14 Responsibilities and Accountabilities 63 7.3.15 Waste Generation Template 64 7.4 CUTTING OF TREES 64 7.4.1 Brief Description & Scope 64 7.4.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (HSE) Issues 64 7.4.3 Policy and Legal Requirements 65 7.4.4 Recommended Mitigation Measures 65 7.5 SETTING UP AND MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION LABOUR CAMPS 69 7.5.1 Brief Description of Activity 69 7.5.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (HSE) Issues 69 7.5.3 Policy and Legal requirements, if any 69 7.5.4 Recommended Mitigation Measures 70 7.6 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 75 7.6.1 Brief Description & Scope 75 7.6.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (HSE) Issues 75 7.6.3 Policy and Legal Requirements 75 7.6.4 Recommended Mitigation Measures 76 7.7 ONSITE CONCRETE PREPARATION 78 7.7.1 Brief Description of Activity & Objective of this ECP 78 7.7.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (HSE) Issues 78 7.7.3 Policy and Legal requirements, if any 78 7.7.4 Recommended Mitigation Measures 79
8 HSE COMMUNICATIONS 82
8.1 INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS 82 8.2 EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS 82 8.3 SITE ACCESS CONTROL 83 8.4 VISITOR’S RULES 83
9 EMERGENCY PREPARDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN 84
9.1 DEFINITIONS 84 9.2 RESPONSE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY 84 9.2.1 Plan Formulation 84
9.2.2 Pre emergency Activities 85 9.2.3 Procedure during Emergency 86 9.3 INTERNAL EMERGENCIES 88 9.3.1 Workplace Accidents/ Incidents 88 9.3.2 Electrical shock/ electrocution: 89 9.3.3 Incident related to Snake, insect bites 90 9.3.4 Fire and Explosion 91 9.3.5 Spill and Contamination Incidents 93 9.3.6 Medical Emergency 93 9.3.7 Natural Calamities 94 9.4 ACTION ON-SITE 94 9.5 POST EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES 95 9.6 EMERGENCY PROCEDURE ORGANISATION 96 9.6.1 Emergency Control Centre 96 9.6.2 Key Person & Responsibilities 96 9.6.3 Emergency Preparedness 97 9.6.4 Emergency Management Procedure 100 9.7 SAMPLE ANNEXURES – EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN 103
10 MONITORING 110
10.1 INSPECTION 110 10.1.1 Informal Inspection 110 10.1.2 Formal Inspection/ Monitoring 110 10.1.3 Hazard Classification for Inspection 110 10.2 AUDITS 111 10.3 KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS – HEALTH AND SAFETY 111
11 CORRECTIVE ACTION AND PREVENTIVE ACTION PLAN 113
11.1 PREVENTIVE ACTION PLAN 113 11.2 CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN 113
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
1
1 INTRODUCTION
This Health Safety & Environment (HSE) plan is applicable to all of ReNew Power Ventures Private Limited (ReNew Power) current businesses, which includes Wind and Solar energy, that it carries out either directly or in association with turnkey contractors and subcontractors throughout the life cycle of the project. The aim of the HSE plan is to inculcate excellence in Health, Safety and Environment at work and to all stakeholders. This plan would be used in association to the Environment Social Management System (ESMS) manual established by ReNew Power for managing Environmental and Social management of its operations and projects.
1.1 QUALITY, HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT POLICY
ReNew Power is committed to continually improve Quality, Environment, Health and Safety performance of its operations. This shall be achieved by: Commitment to the protection of environment; Incorporating and maintaining highest standards of quality, environment,
health & safety in planning, construction, operations and maintenance of Projects by allocating adequate resources to manage risks associated with projects across their lifecycle;
Establishing QHSE systems and processes in order to adhere and comply with applicable legislation, regulations and other requirements as well as customers’ requirements.;
Sound Technical & Financial due diligence with a view to maximise the Return on Investment;
Promoting a safe, clean and healthy environment and better work culture in order to prevent injury and ill health arising out of its operations; and
Effectively improve efficiency in management of resources, material usage and handling of wastes across its operations.
1.2 OBJECTIVE AND TARGET SPECIFIC TO HSE
ReNew Power believes that health and safety of its stakeholders and protection of environment is of utmost importance and take precedence in all its business decisions. The objectives of this HSE Plan are as follows: To minimise health and safety hazards to our stakeholders and all others
influenced by our activities; To minimise environmental impact from our operations To ensure compliance with all applicable occupational health safety &
environment regulations and other requirements; To integrate health, safety and environment procedures and best practices
into every operational activity;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
2
Encourage employees in maintaining a safe and healthy work place through periodic reviews of operational procedures and safe method of work;
Develop a safety culture through active leadership; Incorporate appropriate health and safety criterion into business decision;
and Ensure availability of resources to fully implement health and safety
policy of the company.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
3
2 ORGANISATION, RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
This section briefly provides an understanding on the organisational structure of ReNew Power, the roles and responsibilities pertaining to the implementation of this HSE Plan and responsibilities pertaining to competence and training.
2.1 ORGANISATION CHART
RPVPL has established and put into place relevant departments and personnel within its organizational structure at the corporate level to manage QHSE, HR, Land Acquisition/ Procurement and CSR functions and meeting their respective goals and objectives. The following Figure 2.1 broadly highlights the current organizational structure with respect to Business Management, QHSE management and their interactions with the project management setup as well as the highest decision making authority which is the Chief Executive Officer’s (CEO) office. The land procurement functions are integrated within the two primary business groups of Solar and Wind.
Figure 2.1 Broader level organisational structure of RPVPL
2.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Head QHSE along with the corporate level ESMS Manager at RPVPL with support from the regional level ESMS Managers will ensure the implementation of this HSE plan. For more details on their roles and
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
4
responsibilities please refer to Section 9 of the Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) manual.
2.3 COMPETENCE AND TRAINING
The Corporate ESMS Manager at RPVPL along with recommendations from ESMS officers will ensure that the HSE induction training needs are identified based on the specific requirements of this HSE plan and existing capacity of site and project personnel (including the Contractors and Sub-contractors) to undertake the required actions and monitoring activities. Some of the specific trainings that will be carried out on routine basis are as follows: HSE Control Procedures (ECP) and Operational Control Procedures (OCP) Occupational Health & Safety Fire Safety and Prevention Emergency Response Preparedness Onsite waste Management PPE Training Driver Safety Implementation of Environmental and Social Management/Action plans The above list of trainings are not exhaustive and any other training as per requirement as mentioned above would be identified by the QHSE head and Corporate ESMS officers with inputs from local site level ESMS officers or contractors.
2.4 SITE LEVEL HSE IMPLEMENTATION
ReNew Power at every site level will appoint/nominate an ESMS officer who will also oversee the implementation of the HSE plan. The ESMS officer with support from relevant personnel from the project development teams and representatives from the contractors and sub-contractors will oversee the day to day HSE operations and will coordinate with the regional and corporate ESMS officer. The ESMS officer will provide information of Key Performance Indicators (KPI) and feedback related to HSE implementation back to the ESMS officer at the corporate level, through regional ESMS officer, where they would be discussed in periodic ESMS committee meetings.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
5
3 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Solar and Wind projects are presently classified under white category projects. This section provides a broad overview of Environment, Health and Safety Regulations applicable to ReNew’s sites. All personnel, including contractors, are required to comply with the legal and other requirements applicable to the Project / Contract. The legal regulations pertaining to environment has been provided for in the Annex A of ESMS which comprises of the Register of Regulations.
3.1 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK – ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES
A brief description of relevant enforcement agencies and their functions is described in the Table below:
Table 3.1 Enforcement Agencies
Agency Functions Director Industrial Safety and Health (DISH)
The Directorate Industrial Safety and Health Department enforces the provisions of Factories Act 1948 and State Factories Rules and the rules made there under to ensure the safety health and welfare of the workers. It also plays a significant role in regularizing working hours, and working conditions and reducing the accident and dangerous occurrences in the factories, redressal of the grievances of the workers in respect of Safety Health and Welfare through a set of policies and programs developed by both the Central and State Government. Some of the functions of DISH are Eliminating inequality and discrimination in the work place; Enhancing occupational health and safety awareness and
compliance in the workplace; Workforce and community participation, to employers,
employees, workplaces, communities, businesses and unions; and Providing policy advice and analysis to government on labour
and employment related matters.
State Level Fire Safety Department
In India Fire Safety Acts and Rules are state specific and come under the purview of the following department as directed by the State Government: Local Municipality Authority such as Delhi, Gujarat, etc.; State Government identified State Fire Department such as
Maharashtra Fire Services Department; and Local Fire Department in certain area such as Jharkhand.
State Level Lift License Authority (Goods lifts and Man-lifts)
Similar to Fire No Objection Certificate, the lift license is also under the purview concerned State Authorities. Certain states have regulations (such as Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, etc.). However certain states still do not have requirement to obtain the license to install or operate lifts within the premise. Responsibilities to inspect and provide license to install and operate
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
6
Agency Functions lifts are Chief Electrical Inspector/ Chief Lift Inspector as identified by the Government of State.
Petroleum and Explosive Safety Organisation (PESO)
Petroleum And Explosives Safety Organisation (PESO) is the department formed by Government of India to control and administer the usage of explosives, petrol stations in India. The agency issues Licenses for Refineries, Petrochemical Complexes, usage of petrochemicals, etc. The Department is headed by Chief Controller of Explosives and is headquartered at Nagpur in the State of Maharashtra in India. The Northern Regional Office is based at Faridabad in the state of Haryana. The agency has framed various rules like Petroleum Rules 2002 for the safe operation of petrol stations, Explosive Rules 1983, Gas Cylinder Rules 2002( applicable to all states), and Stative & Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) 1981 for Vessels.
Central Electricity Authority (CEA)
The Central Electricity Authority (CEA) is a statutory organization constituted under Section 3 of the repealed Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948, here in after replaced by the Electricity Act, 2003. Some of the functions performed by CEA include the following: Advise the Central Government on the matters relating to the
national electricity policy, formulate short-term and perspective plans for development of the electricity system and coordinate activities of the planning agencies for the optimal utilization of resources to sub-serve the interests of the national economy and to provide reliable and affordable electricity to all consumers;
Specify the technical standards for construction of electrical plants, electric lines and connectivity to the grid;
Specify the safety requirements for construction, operation and maintenance of electrical plants and electric lines;
Promote and assist in the timely completion of schemes and projects for improving and augmenting the electricity system;
Collect and record the data concerning the generation, transmission, trading, distribution and utilization of electricity and carry out studies relating to cost, efficiency, competitiveness and such like matters;
Make public from time to time the information secured under this Act, and provide for the publication of reports and investigations;
Advise any State Government, licensees or the generating companies on such matters which shall enable them to operate and maintain the electricity system under their ownership or control in an improved manner and where necessary, in coordination with any other Government, licensee or the generating company owning or having the control of another electricity system; etc.
Ministry of Road Transport and Highways
A branch of the Government of India is the apex body for formulation and administration of the rules, regulations and laws relating to road transport, national highways and transport research, in order to increase the mobility and efficiency of the road transport system in India.
State Labour
Department
The Department of Labour is responsible for formulation, implementation, and enforcement of the labour laws in the Maharashtra state. It also undertakes prevention and settlement
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
7
Agency Functions of industrial disputes, Industrial safety, Health and promotes welfare of workers in the undertakings falling within the sphere of the State.
3.2 APPLICABLE REGULATORY HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) FRAMEWORK
Table below summarizes the key regulations that are relevant to the project across its lifecycle. This document should be used to update/develop a comprehensive legal register for the Project which can be regularly monitored for compliance as well as updated to reflect changes/non-applicability of regulations, policies and standards.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
8
Table 3.2 Applicable H&S Regulations
S.No.
Specific Regulation
Key Requirement(s) Enforcement Agency
Remarks
1 The Indian Factories Act, 1948 and State Rules
The Indian Factories Act was promulgated in 1948, to ensure general welfare of the industrial workers. The Act is divided into nine chapters with three chapters exclusively on health and safety (HSE) issues. The Act in its preamble states that "it is the general duty of the occupier (defined in the act as person having the ultimate control over the affairs of the factory) to ensure as far as practicable health, safety and welfare of all workers while they are at work in the factory". A general policy with respect to HSE of the workers at work should be in the form of a written statement and brought to the notice of the workers per the provision of the Act. The Act in its Chapter 4 deals with the provisions relating to Safety. The specific areas of safety are those relating to the usage of machinery, handling of hazardous substances and the latest amendments include safety measures for hazardous processes. For the usage of machinery there are Acts related to the fencing, casing of the machinery. Restriction of young persons and the employment of women and children to work on machines that is dangerous in nature. The Act also has regulations for working near machinery in motion; development of adequate safety measures during installation and various types of operation of the machinery. The Act also explains preventive and protective measures in safety including proper consideration of explosive or inflammable substances so that the workers are not exposed to hazards during operation. Some of the sections deal with various precautions that are required for handling pressure plants, fire, inflammable dust, gas or explosive. The factory occupier is responsible to maintain safety of the buildings and machinery per this legislation. The Act also gives power to States to make relevant rules to supplement the need of safety in the facility. The Act also covers provisions for hazardous processes for an occupier to take all practicable measures to ensure prevention of any sorts of explosion due to manufacturing process which are hazardous. There are permissible limits for exposure of chemicals and toxic substances in the workplace. Workers have the right to know about imminent danger and their participation in safety management. The Act also requires medical check-ups of workers with access to workers to look for outcome of the medical reports. An occupier is to develop a safety policy and form safety committees and provide power to the Central Government to appoint inquiry committee if some extraordinary situation had occurred in the factory which is engaged in the hazardous process.
Directorate of Industrial Safety and Health (DISH)
Applicable
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
9
S.No.
Specific Regulation
Key Requirement(s) Enforcement Agency
Remarks
2 Building and Other
Construction Workers Act 1996
The act aims to provide for regulation of employment & conditions of service of the building and other construction workers as also their safety, health and welfare measures in every establishment which employs or employed during the preceding year ten or more workers. The exception made is only in respect of residential houses for own purpose constructed with a cost not exceeding Rs. 10 lakh (1 million)and such other activities to which the provisions of Factories Act, 1948 and Mines Act, 1952 apply. Some of the other main provisions of the Act are given below: Provision for registration of each establishment within a period of sixty days from the
commencement of work to ensure that there are no malpractices and to discourage non-compliance of law by circumventing; penalties of fine and imprisonment for violation and contravention of Act.
Provision for registration of building workers as beneficiaries under this Act. Provision for immediate assistance in case of accidents, old age pension, loans for
construction of house, premium for group insurance, financial assistance for education, to meet medical expenses, maternity benefits etc. apart from constitution of safety committees ( in case of more than 500 workers and appointment of safety officers)
Provision for health and safety measures for the construction workers in conformity with ILO convention No.167 concerning safety and health in construction revising the Safety Provisions (Building) Convention, 1937. For this purpose comprehensive Central Rules i.e. Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Service and Conditions of Service) Central Rules, 1998 have been notified by the Central Government.
Provision for Penalties of fine and imprisonment for violation and contravention of the Act.
Building and Other Construction Workers' Welfare Board.
Applicable during construction phase
3 The Petroleum Act, 1934 and the Petroleum Rules
This Act and Rules provide procedures and safety measures to be taken up for handling, storage and transportation of petroleum products. The Rules define the quantity and class of petroleum for which prior permission from the concerned authorities are required. The storage requiring prior licences are as following: Petroleum class A (having flash point less than 23ºC) not intended for sale of the total
quantity in possession does not exceed 30 litres. Petroleum Act, 1934, Section 8); Petroleum class B (having flash point from 23 to 65ºC) if the total quantity in possession at
any one place does not exceed 2,500 litres and none of it is contained in a receptacle exceeding 1,000 litres; (Petroleum Act, 1934, Section 7);
Petroleum class C (having flash point above 65 to 93ºC) if the total quantity in possession at any one place does not exceed 45,000 litres (Petroleum Act, 1934, Section 7).
Petroleum Explosives Safety Organization (PESO)
Applicable if storage exceeds the threshold quantity specified in the Act and Rules
4 Central Electricity Central Electricity Authority (Measures related to safety and electric supply) regulation, 2010, Electrical Applicable
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
10
S.No.
Specific Regulation
Key Requirement(s) Enforcement Agency
Remarks
Authority ( Measures relating to Safety and Electricity Supply) Regulations, 2010 2.Central Electricity Authority (Safety requirements for construction, operation and maintenance of electrical plants and electric lines) Regulations 2011
herein referred as CEA, 2010 directs various requirements. Some of the key requirements are: Regulation 3 -A supplier or a consumer, to carry out duties incidental to the generation, transformation, transmission, conversion, distribution or use of electricity shall designate persons for the purpose to operate and carry out the work on electrical lines and apparatus. Consumer shall maintain a register wherein the names of the designated persons and the purpose for they are engaged, shall be entered. No person shall be designated to work on such electrical lines and apparatus unless he possesses a certificate of competency or electrical work permit issued by the appropriate government and his name is entered in the register referred above Regulation 16 - The supplier shall provide and maintain on the consumer’s premises for the consumer’s use a suitable earthed terminal in an accessible position at or near the point of commencement of supply. Provided that in the case of installation of voltage exceeding 250 V the consumer shall, in addition to the aforementioned earthing arrangement, provide his own earthing system with an independent electrode. The consumer shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent mechanical damage to the earthed terminal and its lead belonging to the supplier. Regulation 17- 19 Accessibility of bare conductor, Notice of Danger and handling of electric supply lines Regulations 20: supply to vehicles, cranes, etc.; Regulation 26-27: Safety provision for electricity usage and maintenance;
Inspector during operation phase
5 Gas Cylinder Rules, 2010
This Act and Rules provide procedures and safety measures to be taken up for handling, storage and transportation of gas cylinders. The Rules define the quantity and class of gaseous for which prior permission from the concerned authorities is required.
Petroleum Explosives Safety Organization (PESO)
Applicable if storage exceeds the threshold quantity specified in the Act and Rules
6 Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 and Rules made thereunder
The Act provides in detail the legislative provisions regarding licensing of drivers/conductors, registration of motor vehicles, control of motor vehicles through permits, special provisions relating to state transport undertakings, traffic regulation, insurance, liability, offences and penalties, etc. For exercising the legislative provisions of the Act, the Government of India made the Central Motor Vehicles Rules 1989, as amended.
Regional Transport Office (RTO)
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
11
S.No.
Specific Regulation
Key Requirement(s) Enforcement Agency
Remarks
7 State specific Fire
Safety Act and Rules
The Act and Rules specifies the requirements with respect to fire safety. The requirements of infrastructure and resources are also mentioned in these regulations. The Rules define the requirement after which no objection certificate from the concerned authorities can be obtained.
Local Municipality Authority State Government identified State Fire Department; and Local Fire Department in certain area such as Jharkhand.
8 State specific Lift Acts and Rules
Similar to Fire No Objection Certificate, the lift license is also under the purview concerned State Authorities. Certain states have regulations (such as Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, etc.). However certain states still do not have requirement to obtain the license to install or operate lifts within the premise. The Rules define the requirement after which no objection certificate from the concerned authorities can be obtained.
Chief Electrical Inspector/ Chief Lift Inspector
Based on the site locations and activities, the site could prepare a detailed site specific legal register.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
12
4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT
4.1 GENERAL
Hazard Identification and Control are key components in maintaining a safe and healthy workplace. Health hazards, occupational factors or illnesses, arising in and from the workplace, which may cause impaired health and wellbeing, sickness, or significant discomfort and inefficiency must be identified, monitored, and controlled. The hazard identification and control process will be implemented and maintained throughout the tenure of the project. The process must be reviewed with changing site conditions and updated as the findings necessitate. Copies of the reviewed and/or updated hazard identification and control list will be provided to all stakeholders for communication with their team from Management to Supervisors to Workers. Ongoing hazard(s) and control(s) will be addressed by safe work practices, job hazard analyses, and operating procedures contained within this standard.
4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVITIES AND HAZARDS ON SITE
To undertake the hazard assessment for the on-site operations, the site is required to identify all the activities, process or day-to-day operations on the ground. This is the key point to undertake the assessment. Post identification of the activities, hazards associated with these activities will be enlisted. Worker participation is a key in this process as the site or senior management of a company may not be involved in day-to-day operations, and worker participation will ensure that all hazards are identified and addressed.
4.2.1 Hazard Evaluation
An evaluation of identified hazards will be done so that adequate controls can be implemented. The evaluation process will include: Risk potential for worker(s); Magnitude of potential risk; Hazards involved; Control measures already in place; Effectiveness of control measures; Documentation of evaluation results; and Advising all stakeholders.
4.2.2 Hazard Categories
Hazards are generally divided into four categories, which include: Physical hazards such as cut injuries, impact, etc.; Ergonomic hazards such as muscle strain;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
13
Biological hazards such as legionella; and Chemical hazards such as dust and volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
4.3 TOOLS USED FOR HAZARDS AND RISK ASSESSMENT
The aims of risk assessment are to: Provide a basis for identification, evaluation, definition and justifying the
selection of control measures for eliminating or reducing risk, and to therefore lay the foundations for demonstrating the adequacy of the standards of safety proposed for the facility;
Provide the employer and employees with sufficient objective knowledge, awareness and understanding of the risks of major accidents at the facility;
Capture knowledge of risk of a major accident at the facility so it can be managed, disseminated and maintained.
Also, Refer HSE SOP 015_Risk Assessment Procedure Based on the risk assessment conducted for the project/ activity the controls can be defined based on the following Hierarchy of Controls:
Figure 4.1 Hierarchy of Control
1) Elimination and Substitution
Elimination and substitution, while most effective at reducing hazards, also tend to be the most difficult to implement in an existing process and thus should be taken care at the planning stage itself. If the process is still at the design or development stage, elimination and substitution of hazards may be inexpensive and simple to implement. 2) Engineering Controls
Engineering controls are favoured over administrative and personal protective equipment (PPE) for controlling existing worker exposures in the workplace because they are designed to remove the hazard at the source, before it comes in contact with the worker. Well-designed engineering controls can be highly
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
14
effective in protecting workers and will typically be independent of worker interactions to provide this high level of protection. 3) Administrative Controls and PPE
Administrative controls and PPE are frequently used with existing processes where hazards are not particularly well controlled. These methods for protecting workers have proven to be less effective than other measures, requiring significant effort by the affected workers.
4.3.1 Construction Hazard Assessment
The Construction Hazard Assessment (CHA) is essential to identify hazards and risks and appropriate controls prior to mobilization to site. All hazards identified must be prioritized. Information collected during the CHA is used in the development and updating of this HSE Plan. Refer Construction Risk Assessment for wind and solar within HS RA 001 and HS RA 002
4.3.2 Job Hazard Analysis
The completion of a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) is required in absence of HIRA to verify that hazards and risks associated with a specific task are identified and appropriate controls are implemented prior to execution of the task. All hazards identified must be prioritized. The JHA must be communicated to all workers involved with the task prior to the start of the task. Each project management or site management or office management will be responsible for the development of JHAs for all hazardous or other identified work processes. Subcontractor will be responsible to develop their own JHAs or safe work procedure for any work in their scope that is hazardous and/or complex. Refer Job Hazard Assessment template HS RA 003
4.3.3 Pre-Job Safety Instruction/ Tool Box Talk
Pre-Job Safety Instruction (PSI) or Tool Box Talk (TBT) is a documented program designed to assist supervisors and workers to safely accomplish their day-to-day activities and responsibilities through the application of hazard identification and control where the work is conducted. PSI is used to enhance communication between workers and supervisors resulting in increased awareness between all crew members. Workers and supervisors will be trained in the proper completion of a PSI. Refer Tool Box Talk template HS RA 004
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
15
4.4 DOCUMENTATION FOR RISK ASSESSMENT
Keeping records of the assessment conducted and any control actions taken is very crucial for any management system. It may be required to store assessments for a specific number of years as per the quality management system of the facility or minimum 5 years. The level of documentation or record keeping will depend on: Level of risk involved. Legislated requirements. Requirements of any management systems that may be in place.
The records should show the following: Good hazard review. Determined the risks of those hazards. Implemented control measures suitable for the risk. Reviewed and monitored all hazards in the workplace. Refer HIRA (Wind – HS RA 001) and (Solar – HS RA 002)
4.5 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
During the lifetime of a site, many changes occur. These can be changes to the physical hardware (such as equipment), infrastructure, layout of the site, the control systems, the business processes used, or to the people involved in operating the site including the suppliers and contractors working on the site. Each one of these changes has the potential to increase the risks involved in operating the site. Poor management of such changes can contribute significantly to large loss events such as loss of life, major environmental damage, financial losses and loss of reputation. The need to avoid or control adverse risk and consequences and maximise the potential benefits associated with such changes and maintain good management around the process of change is the reason why a robust and formal Management of Change (MOC) process is needed. The benefits of a good MOC practice in reducing potential disruption are: Improved organisational adaptability and readiness for change; Enhanced stakeholder engagement and preparedness; Minimising potential deterioration on performance or productivity during
transitional periods, while maximising gains following implementation; and
Optimising sustainability gains once the process of change is completed.
4.5.1 Stages of Management of Change
This Standard is based on the methodology known as Assess – Design – Implement – Evaluate (ADIE).
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
16
Figure 4.2 Management of Change
1. Assess: The risks associated with the proposed change shall be assessed at
this stage. This stage consists of the following: Change Request (Refer Change request template HS RA 006); MOC Trigger Identification; and Risk/Impact Identification and Assessment.
2. Design: Based on the outcome of the previous stage (i.e. Assess), control
measures shall be devised to reduce the risk level and keep it within As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP). This stage consists of the following: Risk Mitigation Measures and Change Management Plan; Communication; Training; and Changes in Existing Documentation.
3. Implement: This stage shall review and decide on the approval/rejection
of the proposed change taking into consideration the outcome of the previous stage. This stage consists of the following: MOC Review; Approval or Rejection of Change; and Implementation of Approved MOC.
4. Evaluate: Post implementation of the change, evaluation shall be
undertaken at this stage. As an outcome of the process, corrective action shall be taken to ensure continual improvement. This stage shall consist of the following: Post Change Implementation Risk Assessment; Collecting and Analysing feedback from Stakeholders; Post Implementation Verification; Implementation of Corrective Actions; and MOC Close Out.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
17
4.5.2 MOC Triggers
The key triggers include (but not limited to) changes in the following:
Table 4.1 MOC Triggers
Plant Process People Procedure Equipment or
equipment specification;
Facilities; Infrastructure; Software; Design and
Construction; Layout and
Architecture Tools; Alarm settings.
Technology; Materials of
construction; Sequence of
operations; Change in raw
material specification;
Product specification.
Personnel; Service provider
such as the supplier, contractor;
Organizational structure and responsibility
Individual roles and responsibilities.
Standard Operating Procedures;
Systems of work; Specification
requirements; Legal
requirements; International
standards and frameworks;
Any deviations from the plan shall be identified, evaluated, recorded and actions determined in consultation with the MOC Review Committee/ team. The actions taken shall be appropriate to the magnitude of the deviations/ problems encountered. In the event of changes involving processes or equipment, ReNew Power Sites shall perform a pre start-up safety review, Job Hazard Analysis / Job Safety Analysis or equivalent risk/ hazard analysis prior to operating the process or equipment and identify and apply suitable safe working methods and controls (e.g. permits-to-work) to reduce risks to ALARP.
4.5.3 Management of Change Review
Sites shall establish a MOC Review Committee/ team for a proposed change. A cross functional approach shall be taken while forming the committee/ team. The MOC Review Committee/ team shall review the outcome of the Assess and Design phase to arrive at a decision. The following shall be reviewed at a minimum: Change Request; Decision for Routine and/or Non Routine Change; Trigger for the Change; Proposal for Change; Risk Assessments (Initial and Residual); Risk Mitigation and Change Management Plan; Stakeholder feedback where appropriate; and Update of relevant documentation for e.g. as built drawings, procedures,
organization charts, etc. The MOC Review Committee/ team shall assess the effects and impacts associated with the proposed change and recommend further assessments or studies, as required. Refer to Change Requisition Template (HS RA 005)
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
18
5 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ASSESSMENT AND ASPECT AND IMPACT ANALYSIS
5.1 GENERAL
Separate Environment aspect and impact analysis is required only if project specific Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) as a part of Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study has not been developed. Environmental risk assessment is a thorough look to identify and evaluate significant environmental risks from proposed and existing activities, products and services of the company throughout the life cycle of the Projects. After identification is made, evaluation is undertaken on how likely and severe the risk is, and then decides what measures should be in place to effectively prevent or control the harm from happening.
5.2 SCOPE
All activities which may directly and/or indirectly impact environment and social components including any stakeholders in normal, abnormal and emergency condition, past, present and future events, during design/planning construction, operation, and decommissioning phases of the projects.
5.3 DEFINITION
Environment - The surroundings in which Projects operates including air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans, and their interrelations including any stakeholders. Environmental aspects risks means any potential chances of change, which can adversely impact the existing environment. Environmental aspects are the elements of Project activities, products or services that can interact with environment. Environmental impact means a change in the existing environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from Project activities, products or services. Direct Aspect/Impact means Environmental changes that may occur from project activities, product and services and affects the environment. Indirect Aspect/Impact means Environmental changes that may not have immediate or direct impact but may start a chain of events that may cause impact in the longer run or are far removed from the immediate project environment. These changes may also be associated with supply chains which
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
19
is a cause of impact eg. Refer to workers who are : (1) directly contracted by the project , or contracted though contractors or other intermediaries; and (2) performing work directing related to core function essential to company’s product or service for a substantial duration. Normal condition means working in normal operation that occurs on a regular basis such as a noise from operating machine. Non-Standard condition means circumstances occurring occasionally which could be predicted or not predicted. This predicted circumstance should be managed as by defined procedures such as chemical leakage in a little amount.
5.4 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
5.4.1 Regional ESMS Manager
Following are the key Environmental Risk Assessment roles of the regional level ESMS Manager at their designated sites: Undertake risk assessment of all the activities and process undertaken
within their area of jurisdiction; Inform the workers/relevant stakeholders regarding the aspects
identified, risk and controls implemented; Ensure that the controls are adequately implemented; and Undertake periodic audits of the sites to ensure that required controls are
implemented.
5.4.2 Procedure
There are processes as Environmental and Social Impact and Environmental and Social Due Diligence as per the ESMS to cover E & S risk assessment of entire life cycle of the projects. The aspects identified may also be made a part of this procedure.
The day to day working aspects of all phases can be captured through this procedure.
Consider normal operational situations as well as non-standard situations such as shutdowns, power outages, emergencies, etc.
Identify aspects. Evaluate the likelihood of an injury or illness occurring, and its severity. Identify actions necessary to eliminate or control the risk. Monitor and evaluate to confirm the risk is controlled. Keep any documentation or records that may be necessary.
Documentation may include detailing the process used to assess the risk, outlining any evaluations, or detailing how conclusions were made.
5.4.3 Aspect Identification
Identify all the potential aspects associated with the activity: Inspect all aspects of the work.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
20
Include non-routine activities such as maintenance, repair, or cleaning. Include people who work "off site" either at home, on other job sites,
drivers, teleworkers, with clients, etc. Examine risks to visitors or the workers, public and environment.
5.4.4 Evaluation of likelihood and consequences of Aspects
The below table will aid in helping the quantification of consequences and likelihood. This will eventually help in calculating the risk of the work:
Table 5.1 Generic Risk Assessment Table
Lik
elih
ood
Consequences 1 2 3 4 5 Insignificant Negligible Moderate Extensive Significant 5 Almost Certain
5 10 15 20 25
4 Likely 4 8 12 16 20 3 Possible 3 6 9 12 15 2 Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10 1 Rare 1 2 3 4 5
5.4.5 Calculation of Risk
Risk (R ) = Likelihood (L) X Consequences (C) Greater the likelihood or consequences or both, greater the risk, the description and color coding of the risk is defined in the below representation. Very High Risk (20 or above)
Immediate Action Required
High Risk (10 – 20) Senior Management Attention Required Medium ( 5 – 10) Management responsibility must be specified Low (3 – 5) Monitor and manage by routine inspections Very Low (below 2) Managed by routine procedure
5.4.6 Identification of Controls
Controls must be identified and implemented as per Hierarchy of Control as defined in the HSE plan (refer to Figure 4.1).
5.4.7 Records
Records of risk assessments as per the tools described above and this HSE plan must be maintained and periodically updated.
5.5 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A generic template for an aspect impact register for solar and wind projects has been provided for as part of HSE SOP 017.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
21
6 OPERATIONAL CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY
6.1 WORK AT HEIGHT
Work at height means work in any place where, if there were no precautions in place, a person could fall a distance liable to cause personal injury. At ReNew Power working at or more than 1.8 m is considered to be work at height. For example: 1. Working on a ladder, flat roof, elevated platform; 2. Could fall through a fragile surface; and 3. Could fall into an opening in the floor or a hole in the ground.
6.1.1 Hazards for Work at Height
Most fatal and serious injuries involving elevated platforms, lifts, etc. are arising from: Overturning: the machine/ ladder may overturn throwing the operator
from the basket; and Falling: an operator/worker/ material may fall during work activities.
6.1.2 Control Measures
Conduct the risk assessment prior to undertaking the work at height. Factors to weigh up include the height of the task, the duration and frequency, and the condition of the surface being worked on. Avoid work at height where it's reasonably practicable to do so; Where work at height cannot be easily avoided, prevent falls using either
an existing place of work that is already safe or the right type of equipment;
Minimise the distance and consequences of a fall, by using the right type of equipment where the risk cannot be eliminated; and
Implement Permit to Work System for all types of work at height. (Refer document HSE SOP 001 for SOP for permit to work system)
Dos and Don’ts of Work at Height
Do’s
Person to work at height must be trained; Medical testing for people required to work at height should be conducted
and the tests should include conditions such as vertigo or illness that may affect the person or the work;
As much work as possible from the ground; Ensure workers can get safely to and from where they work at height; Ensure equipment is suitable, stable and strong enough for the job,
maintained and checked regularly; Take precautions when working on or near fragile surfaces; Provide protection from falling objects; and
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
22
Consider emergency evacuation and rescue procedures. Don’ts
Overload ladders/ elevated platforms – consider the equipment or materials workers are carrying before working at height. Check the pictogram or label on the ladder for information;
Overreach on ladders or stepladders; Rest a ladder/ elevated platforms against weak upper surfaces, e.g.
glazing or plastic gutters; Use ladders or stepladders for strenuous or heavy tasks, only use them for
light work of short duration (a maximum of 30 minutes at a time); and Let anyone who is not competent (who doesn’t have the skills, knowledge
and experience to do the job) work at height.
6.1.3 Mobile Elevated Working Platforms
Mobile elevating work platforms (MEWPs) is a mobile machine which consists as a minimum of a work platform with controls, an extending structure and chassis, which is intended for work at height. General Instructions
To prevent the aforementioned hazards it is important to select the right MEWP for the job and the site. Have a plan for rescuing someone from a MEWP and undertake mock
drill – someone on the ground should know what to do in an emergency and how to operate the machine’s ground controls.
MEWPs with shrouded or otherwise protected controls are available. Keeping the platform tidy will reduce the risk of the operator tripping or
losing balance while in the basket. Ground conditions: The platform should be used on firm and level
ground. Any temporary covers should be strong enough to withstand the applied pressure. Avoid localised ground features, e.g. trenches, manholes and uncompact backfill, which can lead to overturning.
Outriggers: Outriggers must be extended and chocked before raising the platform. Spreader plates may be necessary – check the equipment manual.
Guardrails: Make sure the work platform is fitted with effective guard rails and toe boards.
Arresting falls: a harness with a short work restraint lanyard must be secured to a suitable manufacturer provided anchorage point within the basket to stop the wearer from getting into a position where they could fall from the carrier.
Falling objects: barricade the area around the platform so that falling tools or objects do not strike people below.
Weather: high winds can tilt platforms and make them unstable. Set a maximum safe wind speed for operation. Storms and snowfalls can also damage platforms. Inspect the platform before use after severe weather.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
23
Handling materials: if used to install materials check the weight and dimensions of materials and consider any manual handling and load distribution issues.
Nearby hazards: do not operate a MEWP close to overhead cables or other dangerous machinery, or allow any part of the arm to protrude into a traffic route.
(Refer HSE SOP 002_Work at height and checklist HSE CL 002A)
6.1.4 Scaffolds and Ladders
1. Scaffold is a temporary structure used to support a people and materials to aid in the construction, maintenance and repair of structures. Scaffolding is also used in adapted forms for formwork and shoring, concert stages, access/ viewing towers. There are various types of scaffolds which are used as per the requirement of structure and work such as
a. Single pole scaffold (structure consisting of bearers, the cutor end of which are supported on standards and ledgers secured to a single row of standard and inner end rest on the wall);
b. Double pole scaffold (here the scaffold is supported by two rows of standards)
c. Outriggers scaffold (here the scaffold is supported on the outriggers);
d. Trestle: self-supporting framework of metal or timber on which working platform are laid;
e. Boatswain chair: Seat to support a workman supported by rope sling attached to a suspension rope.
Figure 6.1 Typical Scaffold with terminology
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
24
2. Ladder: A ladder is a vertical or inclined set of rungs or steps. There are various types of ladders but basic categorisation is portable and fixed ladders.
General Instructions:
Read and follow all labels/markings on the ladder/ scaffolds. Avoid electrical hazards! – Look for overhead power lines before handling
a ladder. Avoid using a metal ladder near power lines or exposed energized electrical equipment.
Always inspect prior to using it. If it is damaged, it must be removed from service and tagged until repaired or discarded. (Refer checklist HSE CL 002B and HSE CL 002C).
Tags should be colour coded (green for fit for use) and (red for not fit for use);
Always maintain a 3-point (two hands and a foot, or two feet and a hand) contact on the structures when climbing. Keep your body near the middle of the step and always face the ladder while climbing.
Scaffold/ ladders must be free of any slippery material on the rungs, steps or feet.
The footing or anchorage for scaffolds shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement.
Do not use a self-supporting ladder (e.g., step ladder) as a single ladder or in a partially closed position.
Use a ladder/ scaffold only on a stable and level surface, unless it has been secured (top or bottom) to prevent displacement.
Do not place ladder/scaffolds on boxes, barrels or other unstable bases to obtain additional height.
Do not move or shift ladder/scaffolds while a person or equipment is on the ladder.
An extension or straight ladder used to access an elevated surface must extend at least 3 feet above the point of support. Do not stand on the three top rungs of a straight, single or extension ladder.
The proper angle for setting up a ladder is to place its base a quarter of the working length of the ladder from the wall or other vertical surface.
A ladder placed in any location where it can be displaced by other work activities must be secured to prevent displacement or a barricade must be erected to keep traffic away from the ladder.
The Planks of Scaffold should overhang not less than 6" but not more than 12" on either end. They should be securely fastened on both ends and laid tight.
Manila/Cotton Ropes should not be used for erecting Scaffolds. Be sure that all locks on an extension ladder/scaffold are properly
engaged. Do not exceed the maximum load rating of a ladder. Be aware of the
scaffold/ ladder’s load rating and of the weight it is supporting, including the weight of any tools or equipment.
Employees shall not work on scaffolds/ladders during storms or high winds.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
25
Scaffolds and ladders and their components shall be capable of supporting without failure at least four times the maximum intended load.
Nails or bolts used in the construction of scaffolds shall be of adequate size and in sufficient numbers at each connection to develop the designed strength of the scaffold. Nails shall not be subjected to a straight pull and shall be driven full length.
6.1.5 Lifts, and Hoists Safety
Lifts, cranes and hoists are used for raising or lowering persons and goods from one floor to another within a building. They are driven by electric motor either directly (electric lifts) or indirectly through the movement of a liquid under pressure generated by a pump driven by electric motor (hydraulic lifts). Passenger and goods lifts should comply with safety requirements with view to safeguarding people and the objects against the risk of accidents associated with their operations. Possible accidents with such equipment include shearing; crushing; falling; impacts; trapping; fire; electrocution; damage to material etc. General Instructions:
1. All components of the lift should be properly designed and should be of sound mechanical and electrical construction having adequate strength and quality.
2. Shearing is prevented by providing adequate clearances between moving components and between moving and fixed parts.
3. Crushing is prevented by safeguarding /providing sufficient headroom at the top of the cage/car in its highest position and the upper structure and a clear space in the pit for persons to remain safely when the cage/car is in its lowest position.
4. Protection against falling down the well is obtained by properly closed doors without any opening and by preventing the movement of the machine through cutting off the power to the control circuit until the doors are fully closed and safely locked.
5. Impact is limited by restraining the kinetic energy of closing power operated doors, trapping of persons in the cage/car, by providing unlocking device on the doors and a means of lifting the brakes and moving the machine by hand.
6. Overloading of the cage/car is prevented by a strict ratio between the rated load and net floor area of the cage/car.
7. Prior to putting a lift into service and also when some modification /alteration major repair work is done, it should be examined and tested by an organization approved by the public authorities to establish its conformity with the applicable up-to-date standards.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
26
6.1.6 Training and competence
MEWP/ lifts/ hoist or other elevated platforms; operators should have familiarisation training on the controls and operation of the specific make and model of equipments they are using.
6.1.7 Inspection, maintenance and examination
A programme of daily visual checks, regular inspections and servicing schedules should be established in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the risks associated with each MEWP, scaffold, ladders, lifts and hoists. Refer checklists HSE CL 002 series.
Operators should be encouraged to report defects or problems. Reported problems should be put right quickly and the equipments taken out of service if the item is safety critical.
These equipments must be thoroughly examined at least every six months or before by a competent person or in accordance with an examination scheme drawn up by such a competent person.
6.2 ELECTRICAL SAFETY
6.2.1 General
This safety procedure provides guidelines for safely working around electrical hazards. It includes provisions for training, lockout requirements, and specific types of work practices and the required precautionary practices when using portable electric equipment. It is the responsibility of each exposed employee's immediate supervisor to ensure that the employee has received the training necessary to safely perform his or her duties. Employees will be trained in specific hazards associated with their potential exposure. This training will include isolation of energy, hazard identification, premises wiring, connection to supply, generation, transmission, distribution installations, and clearance distances, use of personal protective equipment and insulated tools, and emergency procedures. Refer HSE SOP 003 for Electrical Safety & LOTO General Instructions:
Qualified or Authorised Person or Wireman: Those persons who are permitted to work on or near exposed energized parts and are trained in the applicable electrical safe work practices. These workers must possess wireman certificate as obtained from the concerned authority to work for the maintenance of electrical work within any facility;
No person should work in energised part. All electrical parts exceeding 50 volts will be de-energized before an employee works on or near equipment;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
27
Portable ladders will have nonconductive surfaces if they are used where the employee or the ladder could be exposed to electrical shock hazards.
Employees will be provided with adequate light to work on energized equipment or equipment will be relocated to ensure adequate light is available.
If circuits are tripped using a protective device such as ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI), power will not be restored until the reason for the interruption is determined and corrected.
For combustible/flammable atmospheres, all electric equipment and wiring systems in classified locations must meet the regulatory standard.
Refer Permit to Work Instruction also in case of electrical maintenance activities.
6.2.2 Lock-out & Tag-Out
To protect employees who undertake service or maintenance on machines or equipment and who could be injured by an unexpected start-up or release of electrical energy. Service or maintenance includes erecting, installing, constructing, repairing, adjusting, inspecting, unjamming, setting up, trouble-shooting, testing, cleaning, and dismantling machines, equipment or processes. It should be ensured that machinery or equipment is stopped, isolated from all energy sources, and properly locked or tagged out. Lockout and Tagout devices must meet the following criteria to ensure that they are effective and not removed inadvertently: Lockout devices must work under the environmental conditions in which
they are used. Tagout device warnings must remain legible even when they are used in wet, damp, or corrosive conditions.
Lockout and Tagout devices must be designated by colour, shape, or size. Tagout devices must have a standardized print and warning format.
Lockout devices and Tagout devices must be strong enough that they can’t be removed inadvertently. Tagout devices must be attached with a single-use, self-locking material such as a nylon cable tie.
Any employee who sees a lockout or Tagout device must be able to recognize who attached it and its purpose.
General Instruction
Employees must do the following before implementation of LOTO: Inform all affected employees of equipment shutdown. Shut down equipment. Isolate or block electrical energy. Remove any potential (stored) energy. Lockout or Tagout the energy sources. Verify the equipment is isolated from the energy and de-energized. Employees must do the following they remove lockout or Tagout devices and re-energize equipment: Remove tools and replace machine or equipment components.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
28
Inform co-workers about energy-control device removal. Ensure all workers are clear of the work area. Verify machine or equipment power controls are off or in a neutral
position. Remove the lockout or Tagout device. Re-energize equipment.
6.2.3 Hand and Power Tools
All portable electric equipment must be handled in safe manner that will not damage or reduce service life. General Instructions
Flexible cords connected to equipment should not be used for raising or lowering equipment and should not be used if damage to the outer insulation is present.
Visual inspections are required and unauthorized alterations of the grounding protection are not allowed to ensure the safety of employees. Prior to each shift, a visual inspection should be performed for external defects and for possible internal damage.
Attachment plugs and receptacles should not be connected or altered in a manner that would prevent proper continuity of the equipment grounding conductor. In addition, these devices should not be altered to allow the grounding pole of a plug to be inserted into slots intended for connection to the current-carrying conductors.
Portable electric equipment and flexible cords used in highly conductive work locations or in job locations where employees are likely to contact water or conductive liquids shall be approved by the manufacturer for those locations. The hazardous locations that employees should be aware of include, wet locations and locations where combustible or flammable atmospheres are present.
For wet locations, employees' hands will not be wet when plugging and unplugging energized equipment. Energized plug and receptacle connections should be handled only with protective equipment if the condition could provide a conductive path to the employee's hand (if, for example, a cord connector is wet from being immersed in water). In addition, ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) protection is required for some equipment/locations and is also recommended for use in all wet or highly conductive locations.
For combustible/flammable atmospheres, all electric equipment and wiring systems in classified locations must meet the regulatory standard.
6.2.4 Training
Employees who may be exposed to hazardous energy will receive training before assignment to ensure that they have skills to apply, use, and remove energy controls. Affected employees will be trained in the purpose and use of electrical
energy control procedures.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
29
Authorized employees will be trained to recognize electrical energy sources, the type and magnitude of energy in the workplace, the methods and means necessary for isolating and controlling energy, and the means to verify that the energy is controlled.
Employees whose jobs are in areas where energy-control procedures are used will be trained about the procedures and the prohibition against starting machines that are locked or tagged out.
Employees will be retrained annually to ensure they understand energy-control policy and procedures.
Authorized and affected employees will be retrained whenever their job assignments change, energy-control procedures change, equipment or work processes present new hazards, or when they don’t follow energy-control procedures.
Current training records will be maintained for each authorized and affected employee including the employee’s name and the training date.
6.3 CONFINED SPACE
6.3.1 General
Confined space is an enclosed or partially enclosed space that: Is large enough for a person to enter; Is not primarily designed or intended for human occupancy; Has a restricted entrance or exit by way of location, size or means; and Can represent a risk for the for the health and safety of anyone who enters,
due to one or more of the following factors: 1. Its design, construction, location or atmosphere 2. The materials or substances in it 3. Work activities being carried out in it, or the 4. Mechanical, process and safety hazards present
Confined spaces can be below or above ground. Confined spaces can be found in almost any workplace. A confined space, despite its name, is not necessarily small. Examples of confined spaces include silos, vats, hoppers, utility vaults, tanks, sewers, pipes, access shafts, truck or rail tank cars, aircraft wings, boilers, manholes, manure pits and storage bins. Ditches and trenches may also be a confined space when access or egress is limited.
6.3.2 Hazards in Confined Space:
1. Poor air quality: There may be an insufficient amount of oxygen for the worker to breathe. The atmosphere might contain a poisonous substance that could make the worker ill or even cause the worker to lose consciousness. Natural ventilation alone will often not be sufficient to maintain breathable quality air.
2. Chemical exposures due to skin contact or ingestion as well as inhalation of 'bad' air.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
30
3. Fire Hazard: There may be an explosive/flammable atmosphere due to flammable liquids and gases and combustible dusts which if ignited would lead to fire or explosion.
4. Process-related hazards such as residual chemicals, release of contents of a supply line.
5. Safety hazards such as moving parts of equipment, structural hazards, entanglement, slips, and falls.
6. Temperature extremes including atmospheric and surface. 7. Shifting or collapse of bulk material. 8. Barrier failure resulting in a flood or release of free-flowing solid. 9. Uncontrolled energy including electrical shock. 10. Visibility.
6.3.3 Control Measures
The engineering control commonly used in confined spaces is mechanical ventilation.
The Entry Permit system is an example of an administrative control used in confined spaces. Personal protective equipment (respirators, gloves, ear plugs) is commonly used in confined spaces as well.
Before entering any confined space, a trained and experienced person should identify and evaluate all the existing and potential hazards within the confined space. Evaluate activities both inside and outside the confined space.
When natural lights are not sufficient additional lighting should be provided. It must not exceed 12 V in damp conditions and will be equipped with GFCI and must be explosion proof.
Refer HSE SOP 004_Confined space for more details. Implement permit to work system for confined space entry. Refer Permit
to Work section for further details.
6.4 MACHINE GUARDING
6.4.1 General
Any machine part, function, or process that may cause injury must be safeguarded. When the operation of a machine or accidental contact injures the operator or others in the vicinity, the hazards must be eliminated or controlled. Machines, designed for safety, operated safely in a safe environment, would not only ensure the welfare of the personnel operating and maintaining them but would also go a long way in increasing productivity, reducing wastage of time and-resources, and above all, increasing the production in our factories without much additional investment. Machine guarding is a precautionary safety feature on manufacturing or other engineering equipment. Specifically, it is a shield or device covering hazardous areas of a machine to prevent contact with body parts or to control hazards like chips and noise from exiting the machine.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
31
Requirements for guarding of machinery in the premises coming within the purview of the Factories Act, 1948 are contained both in the Act and in the Rules framed thereunder. These requirements are either general or specific.
6.4.2 Hazard from Machines
Moving machine parts have the potential to cause severe workplace injuries, such as crushed fingers or hands, amputations, burns, or blindness. Safeguards are essential for protecting workers from these preventable injuries. The basic types of hazardous mechanical motions and actions are: Rotating (including in-running nip points) Reciprocating Transversing These motions can lead to cutting, punching, shearing and bending.
6.4.3 Controls on Machines
Machine guards should be so designed, constructed and used that they will: Provide positive protection; Prevent access to the danger zone during operations; Cause the operator no discomfort or inconvenience; Operate automatically or with minimum effort; Not interfere with efficient operation of the machine; Be suitable for the job and the machine; Not weaken the structure of the machine; Preferably constitute a built-in feature; Provide for machine oiling, inspection, adjustment and repairs; Be constructed strongly enough to resist normal wear and shock; Be durable, resistant to fire and corrosion and easily repaired; Withstand long use with minimum maintenance; Not constitute a hazard by themselves such as splinters, pinch Points, shear points, sharp corners, rough edges or other sources of
accidents; Protect against operational contingencies, not merely against normally
expected hazards; The preferable material for guards under most circumstances should be
metal. Refer Machine Guarding Checklist HSE CL 005
6.4.4 Training
Even the most elaborate safeguarding system cannot offer effective protection unless the worker knows how to use it and why. Specific and detailed training is therefore a crucial part of any effort to provide safeguarding against machine-related hazards. Thorough operator training should involve instruction or hands-on training in the following:
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
32
A description and identification of the hazards associated with particular machines;
The safeguards themselves, how they provide protection, and the hazards for which they are intended;
How to use the safeguards and why; How and under what circumstances safeguards can be removed, and by
Whom (in most cases, repair or maintenance personnel only); and What to do (e.g., contact the supervisor) if a safeguard is damaged,
missing, or unable to provide adequate protection.
This kind of safety training is necessary for new operators and maintenance or setup personnel, when any new or altered safeguards are put in service, or when workers are assigned to a new machine or operation.
6.4.5 Inspection, maintenance and examination
A programme of daily visual checks, regular inspections and servicing schedules should be established in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the risks associated with each machine guards.
Operators should be encouraged to report defects or problems. Reported problems should be put right quickly and the equipments taken out of service if the item is safety critical.
6.5 HOT WORK
6.5.1 General
Hot work is any process that can be a source of ignition when flammable material is present or can be a fire hazard regardless of the presence of flammable material in the workplace. Common hot work processes are welding, soldering, cutting and brazing. Hot work may also include electrical work in areas which may contain flammable or explosive atmospheres.
6.5.2 Hazards in hot work
Workers performing hot work are exposed to the risk of fires from ignition of flammable or combustible materials in the space, and from leaks of flammable gas into the space, from hot work equipment. The potential hazard is getting burned by fires or explosions during hot work.
6.5.3 Controls for Hot Work
Hot work should be avoided whenever possible and inherently safer methods should always be considered. For example, metal parts could be joined together with bolts instead of welding, or manually cutting with a hand saw instead of using a cutting torch.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
33
Special precautions must be taken to ensure proper ventilation and air quality of area when burning or welding. Ensure proper personal protective equipment is used including the use of fire blankets to prevent fire or damage to other products as required. Fire blankets must always be kept in good condition.
Whenever possible, hot work operations should be conducted outdoors, away from critical operations and combustible materials. Identify a designated locations to undertake hot work;
Implement the permit to work system for non-routine hot work (Refer HSE SOP 001 Permit to work and HSE SOP 014 Hot Work);
Properly trained personnel should be assigned to undertake and supervise hot work;
Have a portable fire extinguisher and/or fire hose readily available and is adequately trained in its use.
After completion of the work leaves the hot work area in a safe condition after work is completed.
Hot work management procedures should be formally reviewed annually, at a minimum, to assess the effectiveness of the program and any needed changes and/or improvements properly implemented.
6.5.4 Training
All employees and contractors involved with hot work activities should receive annual training and certification.
Workers undertaking or supervising hot work should be completely familiar with site-specific fire alarm locations and emergency notification procedures.
6.6 PERMIT TO WORK
6.6.1 General
A permit to work system is a written record that authorizes specific work, at a specific work location, for a specific time period. Permits are used for controlling and co-ordinating work to establish and maintain safe working conditions. They ensure that all foreseeable hazards have been considered and that the appropriate precautions are defined and carried out in the correct sequence. The Permit to Work System provides a systematic disciplined approach to assess the risks of a job and specify the precautions to be taken when performing non-routine work especially maintenance work. The permit to work system: 1. Specifies the work to be done and the equipment to be used 2. Specifies the precautions to be taken when performing the task 3. Gives permission for work to start 4. Advises regular workers regarding non-routine work or maintenance
activities around their work area;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
34
5. Provides a check to ensure that all safety considerations have been taken into account, including the validity of permits and certificates and compliance to the policies and procedures
6. Provides a checking mechanism that all work has been completed to the satisfaction.
Refer HSE SOP 001_Permit to Work and related Work Permit template HSE CL 001
Figure 6.2 Process of Permit to Work System
6.6.2 Work NOT requiring Permit to Work:
1. Activities involving routine production and process operations including start up, changes in operational modes and shutdowns do not require a Permit to Work.
2. In addition, work carried out in designated maintenance (for example, workshops) and construction areas do not require a Permit to Work.
6.6.3 Types of Permit to Work System
The type of permit to work system required is determined by the nature of the work to be performed and the hazards that must be controlled or eliminated. The range of activities and locations makes it impossible for a single type of permit to be suitable for all situations. The key permits to work system are as follows: 1. Work at Height Permit
For work at height where risk of falling more than 1.8 meters have been there permit to work system is required. Unless the risk of falling is mitigated through adequate and effective edge protection, a permit to work system may not be required, unless the responsible person deemed it should not be exempted. Such work at height includes:
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
35
Working on flat roof with perimeter parapet wall of at least 1 m in height and no opening or open sides where a person can fall; and
Working on a mezzanine floor with proper staircases and effective barricading around the mezzanine perimeter to prevent fall.
2. Hot Work Permit
Hot work permits are used when heat or sparks are generated by work such as welding, burning, cutting, riveting, grinding, drilling, and where work involves the use of pneumatic hammers and chippers, non-explosion proof electrical equipment (lights, tools, and heaters), and internal combustion engines. Three types of hazardous situations need to be considered when performing hot work: 1. The presence of flammable materials in the equipment; 2. The presence of combustible materials that burn or give off flammable
vapours when heated; and 3. The presence of flammable gas in the atmosphere, or gas entering from an
adjacent area, such as sewers that have not been properly protected. (Portable detectors for combustible gases can be placed in the area to warn workers of the entry of these gases.)
3. Cold Work Permit
Cold work permits are used in hazardous maintenance work that does not involve “hot work”. Cold work permits are issued when there is no reasonable source of ignition, and when all contact with harmful substances has been eliminated or appropriate precautions taken. 4. Confined Space Entry Permit
Confined space entry permits are used when entering any confined space such as a tank, vessel, tower, pit or sewer. 5. Electrical Work Permit
Electrical work permits are used when working or maintaining on electrical panels or machines where electrical de-energising is required. In case of electrical isolation of any machinery, electrical work permit could be triggered along with the LOTO system as explained above.
6.6.4 Procedure
Each type of permit provides a checklist for the person preparing the equipment, informs workers carrying out the work of the hazards present, lists or describes the precautions to be taken, and describes the personal protective equipment to be worn by workers.
Work permits are usually made out in triplicate. In a triplicate permit system, the third copy is used by the safety
department to audit the work to see if the requirements of the permit are being met.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
36
A permit should only be issued by a competent person who is completely familiar with the work or situation covered by the permit and who has control over changes in that work area e.g. lead operator or supervisor.
The permit issuer must be sure that the work situation identified on the permit is as described. Where possible, the permit issuer should review the work or operation with the worker before work begins. If the permit issuer has not reviewed the site, this should be noted on the permit and the work situation should be discussed with the worker.
Any special precautions not normally associated with the particular work should be identified to the receiver of the permit, who must fully understand the reasons for these precautions. The permit issuer must be sure that the worker understands the hazards. If not, the permit issuer needs to review the Material Safety Data Sheet or other information with the worker to ensure that they understand the dangers of the product and the precautions to be taken.
No one should sign a safe work permit unless completely satisfied that the work can be done safely.
All safe work permits must be signed by both the permit receiver and the permit issuer before work is started and after it is completed.
6.6.5 Training
Written instructions alone are often insufficient in the effective use of a permit system. Practical training exercises for the people who issue and receive permits should be considered.
The person receiving the permit must completely understand the work situation, the potential hazards, and the precautions required before accepting the permit.
6.7 WORKING IN REMOTE LOCATIONS (LONE WORKERS)
6.7.1 General
A lone worker (LW) is an employee who performs an activity that is carried out in isolation from other workers without close or direct supervision. Such staff may be exposed to risk because there is no-one to assist them and so a risk assessment may be required. There are different types of lone workers including: People working at industry including upstream workers like surveyors,
land managers, drillers, and drivers Construction workers Mobile workers such as traveling salesmen, truck drivers, health visitors,
repair technicians People working outside normal hours such as night workers (security
guards, cleaners) Refer HSE SOP 005_Night worker for details. Utility workers such as meter readers or technicians
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
37
6.7.2 Hazards associated with Lone workers
Hazards that lone workers may encounter include: Accidents or emergencies arising out of the work, including inadequate
provision of first aid Sudden illnesses Inadequate provision of rest, hygiene and welfare facilities Physical violence from members of the public and/or intruders
6.7.3 Controls Measures
The risk assessment (in HIRA – refer HSE RA 002) should prescribe control measures to be implemented in order to eliminate/minimise the identified risks. Such control measures may include: Communication is very important: mobile phone, telephone or radio Controlled periodic checks Automatic warning devices e.g. panic alarms, no movement alarms,
automatic distress message systems, i.e. pre-recorded message sent if not actively cancelled by operative, etc.
Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Health surveillance First-aid kits and training Implementing Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s)/ Work instructions
as per IMS system or as developed by the area supervisors. locking and securing place of work Implementing correct incident reporting procedures Provision of counselling Implementation of a Buddy System
6.7.4 Training
Provide on the job training on the usage of emergency features; and Instruction and training in proper procedures, e.g. code words for
potentially violent situations when combined with mobile phone communication.
6.8 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS (PPES)
6.8.1 General
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) means any device or appliance designed to be worn or held by an individual for protection against one or more health and safety hazards. The fundamental principle is that personal protective equipment (PPE)
should only be used as a last resort. The safety and health of employees must be first safeguarded by measures
to eliminate workplace risks at source, through technical or organisational means (e.g. by substituting hazardous chemical) or by providing
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
38
protection on a collective basis (e.g. providing scaffolding instead of harnesses).
Collective protective measures covering numbers of employees in a workplace must have priority over protective measures applying to individual employees.
If these measures are not sufficient, only then should PPE be used to protect against the hazards that are unavoidable.
Employers need to supply PPE to workers where risks cannot be eliminated or adequately controlled. Employers cannot pass on to employees any financial costs associated with duties relating to safety, health and welfare at work. An employer may not ask for money to be paid to them by an employee for the provision of PPE whether returnable (e.g. a deposit) or otherwise.
6.8.2 Selection of PPEs
The employer has to make an assessment of the hazards in the workplace in order to identify the correct type of PPE to be provided and to ensure that PPE is appropriate to the risk. Care must be taken in selecting PPE as certain types give reasonably high levels of protection while others that may appear almost the same, give relatively low levels of protection. The level of risk must be assessed so that the performance required of the PPE can be determined.
Selection of PPE must take account of the proper wearing and fitting of the equipment – an employer should take into account that one type of PPE may not fit all.
In sourcing PPE, the employer must therefore, select appropriate PPE which is user-friendly and which fits the individual employee correctly, after adjustment if necessary.
Special care should be taken where persons suffer from certain medical conditions, e.g. certain types of respiratory protective equipment (RPE) may not be suitable for employees with asthma, bronchitis or heart disease. Where situations such as these occur, the employer should seek medical advice as to whether the employee can tolerate the use of PPE. Employers should make provision for medical conditions where they are aware of such conditions.
Ensure any PPE you buy is ‘CE’ or ISI marked and complies with the requirements of the Indian Standards or European Communities (Personal Protective Equipment) Regulations which require PPE to have the appropriate ISI or CE mark. The marking signifies that the PPE satisfies certain basic health and safety requirements. Refer HSE SOP 006 PPEs for details
6.8.3 Test and Inspection
PPE must be thoroughly examined regularly by competent staff according to manufacturer’s instructions.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
39
As a general rule, simple maintenance may be carried out by the user, provided that he or she has been adequately instructed and trained (e.g. lens cleaning on goggles or replacing helmet straps).
The examination, maintenance and repair of PPE used in high-risk situations (e.g. PPE used by firemen) should be carried out by properly trained staff who manufacturer or supplier (or both). Those involved should have the necessary tools and materials to carry out proper repairs.
6.9 CONTRACTOR CODE OF PRACTICE
6.9.1 General
The contractor where appointed should note that, in accordance with conditions of contract, he is responsible for the safety of site operations. The contractor shall comply with all the requirements described in the HSE without detraction from his responsibilities under the contract. The contractor shall throughout the progress of the works comply with his duties under all approved codes and all relevant health and safety legislation. Where no specific legislative requirements exist, the contractor shall comply with guidance as a minimum standard of safety. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with this document throughout the project including the activities of his appointed sub-contractors or temporary visitors. The contractor shall submit with any tender, or if there is no tender required prior to any works commencing, the following:
Company safety policy document; Risk assessment and method statement; Copies of employer’s liability and public liability insurance.
Refer HSE SOP 007 for more details
6.9.2 Risk Assessment
Before any work commences on site the contractor shall nominate a competent person to be responsible for co-ordinating risk assessments of all operations where risk is foreseeable and ensuring that appropriate control measures are established and incorporated into safe systems of work. The contractor shall use these safe systems of work as the basis for the health and safety method statements. All method statements shall be developed in reasonable time to allow co-ordination of hazardous works. The objective of risk assessment is to highlight project related hazards and to develop methods to deal with those hazards.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
40
6.9.3 Tools and Equipments
All plant, tools, tackle and equipment used by contractors for work must comply with all relevant legal requirements and must be maintained in accordance with appropriate safety standards.
All contractors' machinery or plant brought on to premises must, where appropriate, be securely guarded or fenced and comply with the regulations relating to the type of equipment.
Guards or fences must not be removed from any machinery or plant without the express permission of an authorised person e.g. chief technician, workshop or in charge of machinery. In any event they must not be removed while machinery or plant is in motion or energised. Guards and fences must be replaced and secured as soon as work is completed and before the machinery or plant is restarted or energised.
6.9.4 Administrative Controls
Contractors must abide by the HSE plan of ReNew Power or have their own HSE plan, whichever is stringent;
Permit to work system is must for the contractors working within the premise;
The contractor is responsible for providing his employees with personal protective equipment as may be required for the work activity being undertaken.
In case of any emergency such as fire, etc., the contractors needs to follow the emergency control plan of the site.
In case of accident reporting, all injuries, dangerous occurrences and fires must be reported to the HSE department of the site or the site manager.
6.10 NOISE EXPOSURE AND HEARING CONSERVATION
6.10.1 General
Hearing loss is permanent and irreversible. Proactively managing work-related noise exposure through a comprehensive hearing programme helps to ensure employees and contractors workers hearing is adequately protected. Noise elimination or reduction should be attempted before relying exclusively on personal protective equipments. An effective hearing conservation program (Refer HSE SOP 008 for detailed program) can prevent hearing loss, improve employee morale and a general feeling of well-being, increase quality of production, and reduce the incidence of stress-related disease. Minimum requirements of a hearing conservation program are included in the following sections:
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
41
6.10.2 Hearing Protecting Devices
Hearing protection devices (HPDs) are considered the last option to control exposures to noise. HPDs are generally used during the necessary time it takes to implement engineering or administrative controls, or when such controls are not feasible.
Employers must make HPDs available to all employees exposed at or above the action level. These must be provided at no cost to employees and must be replaced as necessary.
Employees must be given the opportunity to select their HPDs from a suitable variety.
The employer must provide training in the use and care of all HPDs provided to employees.
6.10.3 Employee training and education
The employer must institute a training program for all employees with noise exposures at or above the action level and ensure employee participation.
Training must be repeated annually for each employee in the hearing conservation program.
6.11 CONSTRUCTION WORK
6.11.1 General
Construction work may comprise of small construction work at the existing sites or new project construction. Given the type and size of construction activity, the safety management of the locations needs to be customised. However, the following general safety rules must be followed to maintain the basic level of safety at these construction locations. Basic Safety Rules
Comply with the applicable local and national health and safety regulations such as Building and other construction workers regulations of the respective states;
Undertake risk assessment of all the activities undertaken on the site and obtain risk assessment/ work methodologies from the contractors as detailed in the contractor management section of the HSE plan;
Maintain good housekeeping should be maintained at all situations. Adequate personal protective equipments to be provided and used based
on the PPEs identified during the risk assessment activity; Ensure only trained people handle and use with firefighting equipment
and electrical circuits Proper labour shed has to be provided to the labour (Refer Social section
of ESMS for more details); Proper ventilation, lighting facilities, drinking water and sanitary facilities
should be provided to the labour (Refer Social section of ESMS for more details)
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
42
Create safety organization with Health and First aid facilities. Availability of recognized health care centre. Adequate provision of fire prevention systems. No child labour. No smoking. Appropriate badges for identification of staffs, contractors and others. Formation of safety committee of construction workers. Workers will be covered under occupation accident policy. Monitoring of implementation
6.11.2 Training
Ensure that everyday tool box talks are conducted to familiarise the workers regarding hazards and safety culture of the organisation;
Periodic training of different safety standards and site requirements; On the job training on the safe working practices.
6.12 COMMUNITY HEALTH AND SAFETY
6.12.1 General
Project activities, equipment, and infrastructure can increase community exposure to risks and impacts. While acknowledging the public authorities’ role in promoting the health, safety, and security of the public, ReNew Power’s responsibility to avoid or minimize the risks and impacts to community health, safety, and security that may arise from project related-activities, with particular attention to vulnerable groups cannot be ruled out. The objective of this section is to anticipate and avoid adverse impacts on the health and safety of the Affected Community during the project life from both routine and non-routine circumstances.
6.12.2 Risk Assessment
ReNew Power will evaluate the risks and impacts to the health and safety of the Affected Communities during the project life-cycle and will establish preventive and control measures consistent with good international industry practice (GIIP). ReNew Power will identify risks and impacts and propose mitigation measures that are commensurate with their nature and magnitude. These measures will favour the avoidance of risks and impacts over minimization.
6.12.3 Infrastructure and Equipment Design and Safety
ReNew Power will design, construct, operate, and decommission the structural elements or components of the project in accordance with GIIP, taking into consideration safety risks to third parties or Affected Communities.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
43
When new buildings and structures will be accessed by members of the public, ReNew Power will consider incremental risks of the public’s potential exposure to operational accidents and/or natural hazards and be consistent with the principles of universal access.
Structural elements will be designed and constructed by competent professionals, and certified or approved by competent authorities or professionals.
For projects that operate moving equipment on public roads and other forms of infrastructure, the client will seek to avoid the occurrence of incidents and injuries to members of the public associated with the operation of such equipment.
6.12.4 Hazardous Materials Management and Safety
ReNew Power will avoid or minimize the potential for community exposure to hazardous materials and substances that may be released by the project. Where there is a potential for the public (including workers and their families) to be exposed to hazards, particularly those that may be life-threatening ReNew Power will exercise special care to avoid or minimize their exposure by modifying, substituting, or eliminating the condition or material causing the potential hazards.
Where hazardous materials are part of existing project infrastructure or components, the client will exercise special care when conducting decommissioning activities in order to avoid exposure to the community. ReNew Power will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to control the safety of deliveries of hazardous materials, and of transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes, and will implement measures to avoid or control community exposure.
6.12.5 Emergency Preparedness and Response
ReNew Power will assist and collaborate with the Affected Communities, local government agencies, and other relevant parties, in their preparations to respond effectively to emergency situations, especially when their participation and collaboration are necessary to respond to such emergency situations.
If local government agencies have little or no capacity to respond effectively, the client will play an active role in preparing for and responding to emergencies associated with the project.
The client will document its emergency preparedness and response activities, resources, and responsibilities, and will disclose appropriate information to Affected Communities, relevant government agencies, or other relevant parties.
6.12.6 Security Personnel
Risk assessment to be undertaken to assess risks posed by its security arrangements to those within and outside the project site. In making such arrangements, the client will be guided by the principles of proportionality and good international practice in relation to hiring, rules of conduct,
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
44
training, equipping, and monitoring of such workers, and by applicable law; and ReNew Power will consider and, where appropriate, investigate all allegations of unlawful or abusive acts of security personnel, take action (or urge appropriate parties to take action) to prevent recurrence, and report unlawful and abusive acts to public authorities.
6.13 HYGIENE AND HOUSEKEEPING
6.13.1 General
Housekeeping and workplace hygiene means providing adequate sanitation and hygiene facilities that are regularly cleaned and maintained so they do not pose a health and safety risk to employees. Workers need to have potable drinking water that is safe to drink, sanitary toilet facilities, safe food prepared in sanitary kitchens and served in clean canteens, and a work environment that is otherwise kept hygienic. Performing regular housekeeping and maintenance helps you identify potential issues and take preventative action before problems develop. Good housekeeping practices also help you control problems by eliminating tripping hazards, making sure floors are never slippery and keeping exit routes clear. Furthermore housekeeping should be made a habit as it triggers the health and safety of the workplace. Refer Checklist HSE CL 009 for housekeeping.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
45
Figure 6.3 Making Housekeeping a habit - 5 S
6.13.2 General Procedures
Regular cleaning of workplaces, equipment and devices should be carried out to ensure an adequate level of workplace hygiene. A designated person should be assigned the responsibility to oversee such operations.
o All containers should be properly labelled and marked, and the labels must remain clean and visible.
o All containers must be kept in good condition and tightly closed when not in use.
o When practical, chemicals, fluids and supplies should be kept indoors.
o If containers are stored outside, they must be covered and placed on spill platforms.
o Spill kits and drip pans must be kept near any liquid transfer areas, protected from rainfall.
o Absorbent spill clean-up materials must be available in maintenance areas and shall be disposed of properly after use.
o Collect waste fluids in properly labelled containers and dispose of them properly.
Rubbish or waste should be kept in suitable containers or litter-bins which are located at convenient locations in the workplace. The containers should be emptied daily, preferably near the end of each working day.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
46
All refuse containers and dumpsters on campus should remain covered and not leaking.
Floor covering materials should be suitable for the work and easy to clean; The conditions of housekeeping can be easily assessed by visual
observations. Records of maintenance work must be kept for evaluation of the performance, including information on the responsible person(s), contact and date/time of the action taken.
Accidental spillage and spread of waste or contaminants can be avoided through proper assignment of duties, instruction, training and good housekeeping.
Visual inspection of workplaces to note down the conditions and spot out malpractice would be required. The records of malpractice must be followed up to ensure remedial action has been taken.
6.14 VEHICLE MOVEMENT
6.14.1 General
Vehicles include any equipment or machinery used for moving people or material but does not include rail locomotives, vertical building lifts, carriages, etc. A vehicle and road safety awareness program must be in place for all employees, contractors and visitors covering site and local environs. Traffic and pedestrian movement at workplaces should be designed, planned and controlled so traffic can circulate safely. To manage workplace transport effectively, there are three key areas to consider when carrying out your risk assessment: Safe site (design and activity); Safe vehicle; Safe driver. Refer vehicle checklist HSE CL 010 for reference
6.14.2 Safe Design
The safe traffic routes should be wide enough for the safe movement of largest vehicles and should be clearly demarcated;
Ensure surfaces are suitable for the vehicles and pedestrians using them, e.g. firm, even and properly drained.
Signs, signals and marking should be well positioned and easy to understand and as much as possible should be similar as those displayed on public roads to avoid confusion.
Separate entrances and exits for vehicles and pedestrians; Vision panels should be installed on doors that open onto vehicle traffic
routes. Avoid steep slope, sharp corners, and blind bends, clear from obstructions
and maintained. Visibility should be good enough for drivers to see any potential hazards
and to see pedestrian for any vehicle;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
47
Reduce vehicle speed internally to 15 kmph; Wheel chokes should be applied to parked vehicles on operating sites and
parking should be identified and designated for various vehicles.
6.14.3 Safe vehicle
Vehicles used in the workplace should be suitable for the purpose for which they are used. Carefully consider the working environment in which a specific vehicle will be used and the suitability of that vehicle for the people using it. Consulting with those who will use it is a key part of developing a vehicle specification (Planning stage).
Vehicles should be designed so that, wherever possible, those who use them can do their work from the ground. Where people have to work at height on vehicles, suitable means of safe access onto and around vehicles should be provided.
Vehicles should be maintained in good working order so they remain mechanically sound, and any devices, such as flashing beacons, function properly. Vehicles such as lift trucks and those with tail lifts must be thoroughly examined by a competent person and reports kept.
Planned inspections are a vital part of preventative maintenance. These may include daily safety checks carried out by drivers and regular maintenance inspections based on time or mileage.
Considerations should be given that vehicle must have: 1. In vehicle monitoring system; 2. Speedometer; 3. Fixed seat belts 4. Driver and passenger air bags; 5. Fire extinguishers, first aid kit , emergency road side triangles,
emergency contact details; 6. Audible reverse alarms.
6.14.4 Safe Driver
Training requirements will depend on an individual’s experience and the training they have previously received.
Fitness to operate: medical test especially eye test, colour blindness test and authentic driver’s license from the concerned authority;
A system must be in place to manage driver’s fatigue; System should be in place to ensure that drivers:
1. Have a valid driver’s license 2. Are subject to behaviour based feedback; 3. Perform a pre-operation safety check; 4. Understand emergency crash and breakdown procedures, including
tire changing where applicable. Driver and all other passengers must wear seat belts; No drugs or alcohol for drivers should be accepted.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
48
6.14.5 Review
A formal inspection and preventive maintenance system must be in place to ensure that vehicles are maintained in safe and road worthy condition;
Vehicle must comply with local laws and regulations, particularly as these apply to the transport of hazardous materials.
6.15 FUEL AND CHEMICAL MANAGEMENT
The framework for managing chemical and fuel in any given premise is as follows:
Figure 6.4 Chemical Management Plan
Refer HSE SOP 009 for further information.
6.15.1 Chemical Hazard Identification:
Site management must be aware of any hazards and controls measured in associated with chemicals and fuels, included those activities conducted by contractors. The information with respect to hazards associated with the fuel and chemicals should be obtained from Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS);
Site must maintain a chemical register and to be made readily available for site people use for all chemicals and fuels stored or used on-site.
6.15.2 Chemical Risk Assessment:
No hazardous substances or goods to be purchased unless the risk assessment for the same has been undertaken with respect to storage, handling and usage;
Consumer products do not require risk assessment unless they are being used in large quantities;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
49
Risk assessment must be documented and presented to management for approval and made available to all within the site including contractors.
6.15.3 Chemical Approval
Internal approvals of the risk associated with the use, storage, handling of chemicals and fuels to be completed prior to the commencement of the proposed activities.
6.15.4 Chemical Risk Control Measures:
Control measures as identified in the risk assessment must be implemented;
Labelling is an important control measures for the storage and handling of chemical fuels;
Containment system, of the chemicals and fuels, to be installed as a preventive measure to prevent any potential environmental harm. The containment system must be (a) impermeable, (b) at least 100 % more volume than the largest container in the containment area; and (c) Undercover and away from storm drains, etc.;
Spill kits are to be regularly checked to ensure they are associated with the use, storage, and handling of chemicals and fuels.
6.15.5 Emergency Preparedness
For emergency preparedness the site needs to follow Emergency Response standard specific to the site.
Spill, leaks and inadvertent release of chemical and fuels shall be reported and managed as per local regulations and best management practices;
6.16 GAS CYLINDER HANDLING AND STORAGE
6.16.1 General
Hundreds of different materials are packaged in compressed gas cylinders - atmospheric gases, fuel gases, refrigerant gases, poison gases, etc. Due to the nature of gas cylinders, special storage and handling precautions are necessary. The hazards associated with these gases include oxygen displacement, explosion hazards, toxic effects and the physical hazards of a ruptured cylinder.
6.16.2 Identification of Content of Gas Cylinders:
The content of the cylinders should be clearly marked and accordingly the cylinders should be colour coded as per Gas Cylinder Rules, 2005, as amended.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
50
6.16.3 Transportation of gas cylinders:
Gas cylinders should be transported using hand trucks designed for that purpose and the cylinders should be secured so that they do not tip, fall or roll.
It is necessary to take precautions so that gas cylinders are not dropped or allowed to strike each other or other objects. Dropping or striking may damage the gas cylinder valve, which could turn the gas cylinder into a dangerous torpedo with the potential to destroy property and/or injure personnel.
Appropriate lifting devices, such as cradles or nets must be used when using a crane, hoist or derrick to transport gas cylinders. Do not use magnets or slings to lift gas cylinders. Do not use the valve protection cap for lifting a gas cylinder.
6.16.4 Storage of Gas Cylinders:
Ensure that storage is as per the Gas Cylinder Rules, 2005 as amended. License requirement may get triggered in case the storage exceeds the prescribed quantity on-site. Ensure that the site possess valid license for the storage of the gas cylinders;
Do not store incompatible gases together. Undertake risk assessment prior to the usage of the compressed gases to identify if any facility will be using incompatible gases;
Gas cylinders should be properly secured at all times to prevent tipping, falling or rolling. They can be secured with straps or chains connected to a wall bracket or other fixed surface, or by use of a cylinder stand.
The gas cylinders should be stored in a cool, dry, well-ventilated, fire-resistant area that meets all applicable federal, state and local regulations.
When a gas cylinder is empty or not being used, ensure that the valve is closed, the regulator removed and that the valve protector cap is secured in place.
6.16.5 Use of Compressed Gas Cylinders:
Consult the appropriate MSDS for detailed information on the chemical contained in the gas cylinder. Specific chemical handling and storage precautions will be outlined in the MSDS. The MSDS will also have specifications for appropriate personal protective equipment for worker protection.
Always use the proper regulator for the gas in the cylinder. Always check the regulator before attaching it to a cylinder. If the connections do not fit together readily, the wrong regulator is being used.
Do not permit oil or grease to come in contact with cylinders or their valves. Attach the regulator securely before opening the valve wide.
Always use a cylinder wrench or another tightly fitting wrench to tighten the regulator nut and hose connections.
Do not attempt to repair cylinder valves or their relief devices while a cylinder contains gas pressure. Tag leaking cylinders or cylinders with stuck valves and move to a safe, secure location.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
51
Close valves on empty cylinders and mark the cylinder "empty" per the hang tag
Also, refer HSE SOP 010 procedure and HSE CL 012 checklist for Gas Cylinders.
6.17 EXCAVATION
All excavation work should be planned and the method of excavation and the type of support work required shall be decided considering the following.
6.17.1 Control Measures
All excavation work must be supervised. Sites of excavation should be thoroughly inspected:
1. Daily, prior to each shift and after interruption in work of more than one day;
2. After every blasting operation; 3. After an unexpected fall of ground; 4. After substantial damage to supports; 5. After a heavy rain, frost or snow;
Safe angle of repose of particular type of soil while excavating trenches exceeding 1.5m (5’) depth up to 3.0m should be maintained. Based on site condition, proper sloping should be provided (Refer HSE SOP 011 )
No load, plant or equipment should be placed or moved near to the edge of excavation where it is likely to cause collapse and thereby endanger any person unless precautions such as the provision of shoring or piling are taken to prevent the sides from collapsing.
Adequately anchored stop blocks and barriers should be provided to prevent vehicles being driven into the excavation. Heavy vehicles should not be allowed near the excavation unless the support work has been especially designed to permit it.
Proper approach to be made to pit which is required to be back filled as well as to the source of backfilling materials.
All vehicles engaged in backfilling to be provided with reverse horn. Before pushing backward any vehicle to the spot of backfilling nearby area
to be cleared of workmen. In case of backfilling in night proper lighting arrangements to be made. Proper PPEs (dust mask etc.) to be provided to workmen engaged in
backfilling. The excavation work involving blasting work or wherever possibility of
damaging utility services, the work shall be done only after safety permit. Also Refer HSE SOP 011 and HSE CL 013 for excavation
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
52
6.18 ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT INVESTIGATION
6.18.1 General
Investigations are a methodical examination of the facts of an incident that resulted, or could have resulted in injury, illness, loss, property damage, or liability. They are conducted not to find blame, but to determine root causes and ultimately determine corrective actions or controls designed to prevent a recurrence of the incident. An investigation is a systematic process of examination, observation, and inquiry comprised of three parts including: Description of Incident The description identifies in detail how, when, and where the incident
occurred including all related factors (i.e. weights, heights, distances, time of day, weather conditions).
Root Cause (Why did the incident occur?) What acts, failures to act, and conditions contributed to the incident. Recommendations After the cause of the incident has been determined, recommendations
(corrective actions) to prevent recurrence will be prepared.
6.18.2 Definitions
1. Incident: An incident is an undesired event that results in harm to people, loss of process, environmental interference, property damage, or liability.
2. Near Miss: A near miss is an incident where something could have resulted in personal harm, property damage, loss, or liability.
3. Loss of process: Loss of process is an undesired incident that results in the disturbance of normal operations caused by an incident, damage to property, equipment, or the environment.
4. Loss Time Injury (LTI): is an injury where a medical professional directs the injured worker to remain away from work longer than the day on which the incident occurred.
5. Medical Treatment: An injury or illness-related procedure other than first aid or preventative treatment that is intended to provide remedy or palliative care.
6. First Aid: Any one time treatment and subsequent observation(s) of minor, superficial injuries (i.e. minor scratches, cuts, burns, abrasions and splinters or foreign objects embedded only in surface tissue) that do not require the professional medical care of a medical professional even though such an individual may have delivered the care.
6.18.3 Incident Reporting and Investigation
The investigation will be proportionate to the loss potential. As the degree of loss potential increases, so will the degree of investigation. The following information has been prepared to assist the investigation process. 1. Investigation Team: Project management team is responsible to conduct or
assign someone to conduct on site investigations. Where incidents involve
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
53
serious injury or major equipment / property / environmental damage, project management can request assistance from the district HSE manager;
2. Incident Response: First Aid/Emergency Services; 3. Establishing Control: the success of an investigation is generally the result
of a prompt and efficient response. Many things can happen in a short period of time that can mitigate or compromise evidence and information;
4. Preserve evidence: Affected areas will be cordoned off, work stopped in that area immediately, and people restricted from entering the area until the investigation has been completed;
5. Collection of Evidence: such as equipment inspection; 6. Record check: Review all records (training, maintenance, schedule of work
practices, and job procedures) to determine possible contribution to the incident (PSI, work plans, drawing, JSA, disciplinary actions).Medical Condition;
7. Interviewing witness: Immediately after the site has been secured, witnesses must be interviewed. A witness is anyone who knows something related to what happened.
8. Incident Analysis: This includes: Write down all facts; List the facts that contradict one another; Compare facts with physical evidence to establish the most likely
answer; List the sequence of events; Identify root causes; and Corrective actions.
9. Documenting and Reporting Procedure: These include general, regulatory requirement, internal requirements, first aid injuries, medical cases or even property damages.
Also, refer QHSE-P-07 for accident reporting and investigation and associated template for incident reporting/notification.
6.18.4 Authority to Stop Work
Whenever an employee, contractor, encounters unsafe conditions or practices that appears to constitute an imminent danger, such individuals have the authority and responsibility to Alert the affected employee(s) or contractor(s) engaged in the unsafe work
creating an imminent-danger condition and request that the work be stopped.
Call Site Manager/Supervisor/Site HSE to report the incident. An HSE staff will investigate.
Notify the immediate supervisor and/or responsible division/department manager
6.19 OFFICE ERGONOMICS
Ergonomics is the science of studying people at work and then designing tasks, jobs, information, tools, equipment, facilities and the working
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
54
environment so people can be safe and healthy, effective, productive and comfortable.
6.19.1 Musculoskeletal injury (MSI)
An injury or disorder of the soft tissues, including tendons, ligaments, blood vessels, and nerves or related soft tissues arising from exposure to risk factors such as awkward posture, repetitive motions, and forceful exertions is called musculoskeletal injury (MSI) or Musculo Skeletal Disorder (MSD). These injuries can be acute or cumulative. Stages of MSI:
Stage 1: Mild discomfort, present while working, but disappears when not working. Do not affect work or daily living tasks. It is completely reversible.
Stage 2: Pain is present while working and continues when not working. Person may be taking pain medication (non-prescription). It begins to affect work and daily living tasks. It is also completely reversible.
Stage 3: Pain is present all the time. Work is affected. The person may not be able to complete simple daily tasks. Not reversible, can improve (but not a full recovery).
MSI risk factors include: force, posture, static, awkward positions, and repetition. Also, refer HSE SOP 012 and checklist HSE CL 015
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
55
7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL PROCEDURES
7.1 CONSUMPTION OF WATER AND ENERGY RESOURCES
7.1.1 Water consumption at site
The following sample table as a guidance has been established in order to collect data on daily water consumption for the project.
Table 7.1 Water consumption data table for Solar Power Projects
SL. No
DATE
NUMBER OF SUCH TANKER/ HOURS OF RUNNING BOREWELL
CAPACITY OF TANKER/ YEILD OF BOREWELL
WATER CONSUMPTION (KLD) SIGNATURE OF IN-CHARGE/ CONTRACTOR
WASHING OF MODULES
FOR DOMESTIC USE
TOTAL
TOTAL MONTHLY WATER CONSUMPTION THROUGH TANKERS
TOTAL MONTHLY WATER CONSUMPTION THROUGH BOREWELL
7.1.2 Energy Consumption at the Site level
The following sample table as a guidance has been established in order to collect data on monthly energy consumption for the project
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
56
Table 7.2 Monthly energy consumption table
Name and Address of the Site:
Description of Resources identified:
Resource Type
Month Activities of consumption
Consumption (Unit)/month
Remarks Benchmark value/Efficiency Target
7.2 AIR AND NOISE EMISSIONS
7.2.1 Air Emissions
Construction Phase
There will be potential impact on air quality due to onsite construction activities during project development stage. The likely emissions from construction activities would include the following: Fugitive emissions from site clearing, digging, filling, material handling,
transportation, use of construction machinery, etc.; Fugitive dust emissions from vehicular movement on the unpaved roads; Particulate fugitive emissions from batching plant; Vehicular emissions from increased traffic volume from vehicles used for
transportation of construction material; transportation of Solar panels and WTGs and accessories;
Emissions from operation of emergency diesel generator; Control Measures
To control air emission during construction phase from operation of DG sets to be used during emergency purpose, adequate stack height as per CPCB norms shall be provided. Fugitive dust emission arising out of various activities in the batching plants will be mitigated through better handling material handling and provision of enclosure around the facility. Vehicular emission will be controlled through proper maintenance of vehicles and vehicles with proper PUC will be operated at project site. Fugitive dust emission arising from various activities such as excavation, transportation of material (loading and unloading), vehicular movement (dirt road) will be minimized through sprinkling of water and maintaining vehicular speed to 10-15 km/hr. Operation & Maintenance Phase
Under normal operations there will be no gaseous emissions from the operating areas either in solar power project or a wind power project. There
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
57
will be dust and gaseous emissions during plying of vehicles in the project area for O&M activities. During operations of DG sets, there will be gaseous emissions; however, these will be limited for power back-up.
Table 7.3 Air Emission Sources and Control during Lifecycle of the Wind and Solar Project
S.No. Stage of the Project
Sources of Emissions
Type of Pollutants Expected
Control Measures to be Adopted
Responsibility Measurable Outcome
7.2.2 Noise Controls
Construction Phase
Noise emission generated from DG sets to be used for emergency power supply will be minimized through provision of acoustic enclosures and other noise generating activities will be restricted to day time only. Operation & Maintenance Phase
In Solar Power projects, there is no noise generation during the operation phase. However, in wind power projects, wind turbines produce noise during rotation of the blades and level of which depends on the wind velocity. The noise is generated primarily from mechanical and aerodynamic sources. Mechanical noise may be generated by machinery in the nacelle of the wind turbines. Aerodynamic noise emanates from the movement of air around the turbine blades and tower. The types of aerodynamic noise may include low frequency, impulsive low frequency, tonal, and continuous broadband. In addition, the amount of noise may rise with increasing rotation speed of the turbine blades, therefore turbine designs which allow lower rotational speeds in higher winds will limit the amount of noise generated. Noise during the operations phase should be mitigated in accordance with the following principles: Operating turbines in reduced noise mode Building walls/appropriate noise barriers around potentially affected
buildings (only an option in hilly terrain, due to height of the turbines) Curtailing turbine operations above the wind speed at which turbine noise
becomes unacceptable in the project-specific circumstances.
7.2.3 Monitoring Plan
In absence of ESMP, The following monitoring requirement is to be implemented for managing air and noise emissions.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
58
Table 7.4 Air and Noise Monitoring Requirements
Inspection Objectives Responsibility Output Timing Site inspection Review of
possible air and noise emission emanating from site activities
Site EHSS Officer Weekly Environmental Monitoring Checklist
Weekly
Review of static assets such as WTG, DG sets,
Observe and assess noise performance and ascertain noise levels
Site EHSS Officer Monthly As required to coincide with inspections
Reporting Monthly Report on air emission sources and control Any assessed site asset above stipulated noise level norms
Site EHSS Officer Monthly Environmental Monitoring Checklist
Monthly
7.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE
7.3.1 Brief Introduction
This plan identifies the type of cumulative and integrated wastes that are likely to be generated due to construction, operation and maintenance activities in solar and wind power projects.
7.3.2 Objectives of the Plan
The main objectives of this Waste Management plan are: To minimize waste production and maximise the beneficial use of
production waste material for rehabilitation activities. To identify potential re-use or recycling opportunities and ensure appropriate handling and collection procedures are in place;
To investigate methods to minimise waste generated by Wind Turbine Generator (WTG) and Solar Panel maintenance and implement reasonable and feasible measures to minimise waste. To ensure disposal of wastes conforms with applicable guidelines or licences;
To ensure areas where fuels, oils or other potential contaminants are stored are appropriately covered and fuel management to include mitigation measures like impermeable platform, secondary containment, restrictions on exposure to heat etc.
To comply with all current IFC Performance Standards and EHS Guidelines as well as host country legislations;
To prevent occurrence of any environmental degradation within the surrounding area due to waste handling; and
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
59
To ensure appropriate disposal methods for waste material are identified and utilised and disposal of waste material conforms to applicable guidelines.
7.3.3 Legislations and Guidelines
The various standards, rules and Guidelines that are applicable and referred towards formulation of this plan are; The Environment (Protection) Act ,1986; Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016; The Hazardous Wastes ( Management , Handling and Trans Boundary
Movement) Rules, 2016; and IFC Performance standards, 2012 and General Environment Health &
Safety Guidelines of World Bank.
7.3.4 Type of Wastes- Construction
Waste types are generated during the construction but may not be limited to the following: General solid waste ( non-putrescible)
o Excavated Natural Material (From civil works) e.g. soil, rock etc.; o Scrap metal-off-cut fabricated steel and reinforcing steel; o Timber & general packaging; o Cable off cuts ( electrical installation);
Hazardous Waste
o Controlled Waste including burnt transformer oil/sludge, DG lube oil/sludge
General waste ( putrescible) o Domestic Waste; o Office waste o Vegetation (From clearing);
Human Waste (Sewage)
7.3.5 Avoidance & Reduction
The above wastes are products of the construction phase and it is not always practical to avoid creating these wastes. However, it is important that the use and disposal of these wastes is considered with the principals of ecologically sustainable development in mind. Waste avoidance and reduction will be implemented wherever practically feasible. Waste reduction strategies that will be employed include: Minimizing the clearing of vegetation through careful planning and
design of access roads and location of substation. Design of civil works to minimize the amount of balance cut and fill; Estimation and ordering of construction and electrical materials to avoid
excess waste and minimize associated costs; and
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
60
Correspondence shall be via electronic means wherever possible (noting contractual and legal requirements).
7.3.6 Reuse & Recycling
Material reuse and recycling should be a major component of Renew Power’s waste management strategy. The materials most likely to be reused and recycled on site consist of: Excess Spoil; Vegetation and Topsoil; General Construction Waste; Scrap Metal; Packaging Timber. All materials to be recycled will be checked via weekly inspections by Site EHSS Officer to ensure they do not include any contaminants and as such, the most suitable location to recycle this material will be identified in consultation with the site manager. Excess Spoil
Consideration has been given to the re-use of wastes generated through the excavations. Excess spoil following foundation construction and any benching required can generate waste virgin materials (soil, rock). This can be used as back-fill, batters, erosion control structures and landscaping, but can also be beneficial as temporary track road base or clean fill for other applications and efforts will be concentrated on identifying other locations for this material. The final destination of the spoil from all sites will be determined after careful consideration has been given to all available reuse and recycling options. Topsoil and Vegetation
The first 100mm of soil is to be considered topsoil and is to be stockpiled onsite. Topsoil can be reused around the batter to assist in the revegetation/ rehabilitation process. Where possible vegetation cleared during construction and reused during landscaping and site improvements. Tree stumps and branches are to be spread around the site and used for habitat purposes while any unwanted material shall be mulched/ chipped and used for stabilization. No green waste will be burnt on site during the life of the project. General Construction Waste
General construction waste including electrical waste will be reused and recycled where possible. If reuse or recycling is not feasible then they will be disposed of in accordance with this section. Scrap Metal
All scrap metal will be recovered and recycled with a local metal recycling certified agency
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
61
Packaging Timber
Packaging timbers such as crates and pallets can be re-used as dunnage for steel and equipment storage.
7.3.7 Storage of Waste
The following mechanism should be put into place for storage of waste: Excess spoil and vegetation will be stockpiled on site in designated areas; Segregated skip bins will be provided for construction waste. This will
consist of a general waste skip and scrap metal skip. The location of these skips will be determined by the Renew’s EHSS officer and generally be in the lay down area or in close proximity to the substation bench; and
Recycling bins provided by an appointed waste contracting company for domestic wastes such as paper, plastic and aluminum cans will be situated in close proximity to the site office sheds and lunchrooms.
7.3.8 Disposal of Waste
All other materials that cannot be reused or recycled shall be disposed of as detailed below and will be recorded in the ‘Waste Disposal Register’. General Waste
General construction and putrescible waste generated on site will be stored in suitable waste storage receptacles provided by a licensed waste contractor and dispose of at a waste management facility licensed to accept solid waste. Hazardous Waste
“Controlled” or hazardous wastes which may eventuate through the construction activity shall be stored in appropriately sealed, marked containers and be transferred to and disposed of by a waste contractor licensed to remove such waste and include the generation and recording of appropriate transport and disposal dockets. All waste oils will be treated as hazardous and shall be disposed to the nearest TSDF as certified by the designated pollution control board. Human Waste
The sewage generated onsite will be treated and disposed through septic tanks and soak pits as per specifications given in IS 2470: 1995 (Part I and II). Transportation of Waste
All vehicles used in the transportation of waste are to be covered when loaded so as to prevent spillage and loss of waste.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
62
7.3.9 General Site Management
Employees are responsible for good house-keeping practices across the construction easement and around the main site establishment. It is every employee’s responsibility that any identified litter or rubbish is picked up and disposed of per this procedure. Litter/rubbish will be collected and stored in waste receptacles provided.
Any rubbish that can be recycled will be placed in the recycling bins provided. All waste receptacles will be collected on a regular collection service provided by the waste contracting company;
Random site inspections will be conducted by the EHSS Officer to ensure a ‘clean’ job site is maintained; and
Smokers working out on the substation construction must bring all extinguished cigarette butts back with them and dispose of them in the bins provided.
7.3.10 Inspection & Monitoring
In absence of ESMP, The table below summarizes important actions relevant to Waste Management Plan.
Table 7.5 Waste Monitoring Requirements
Inspection Objectives Responsibility Output Timing Site inspection Review status of
all controls and general waste management performance
Site EHSS Officer Weekly Environmental Monitoring Checklist
Weekly
Reporting Monthly Report Waste Generation Data
Site EHSS Officer Monthly Environmental Monitoring Checklist
Monthly
7.3.11 Type of Wastes- Operation
For each WTG, about 20 litres per annum of oil would be required for the gearbox and the generator maintenance activities. After the erection of each WTG, the first service of the WTG will be carried out twice every 3 months and is called Class A service and the second services will be undertaken again after 3 months and is termed as Class B service. Subsequently, half yearly maintenance is carried out and the waste oil is sent to oil recycler. The waste oil generated is very negligible. During operation phase, the waste generated from project will include domestic solid waste at site office and substation and hazardous waste like waste oil and lubricants and oil containing jutes and rags will be generated during maintenance activities. The quantity of hazardous waste generated will be of lesser amount and disposed of through approved vendors in accordance with Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. The hazardous wastes will be stored onsite at
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
63
separate designated covered area provided with impervious flooring and sent for disposal to nearest TSDF through authorized vendor.
7.3.12 Mitigation measures
Following mitigation measures are proposed: Municipal domestic waste generated at site to be segregated onsite; Ensure hazardous waste containers are properly labelled and stored onsite
provided with impervious surface, shed and secondary containment system;
Ensure weekly disposal of hazardous waste through approved vendors and records are properly documented; and
Disposal of hazardous wastes will be done strictly as per the conditions of authorisation granted by local pollution control board.
7.3.13 Solid Waste Handling and Disposal Method
The various ways of handling the solid waste generated and their method of disposal are as follows: Waste reduction efforts will concentrate on reuse, recycling, minimisation
of packaging material and reduction in size of waste material. Paper/cardboard wastes, scrap metal and wood will be recycled. The
volume of the waste material will be reduced via onsite compaction. This will reduce the number of vehicle movements required for waste removal, as well as reducing the size of the landfill space required.
Food packing waste disposal would be disposed to municipal disposal system by a local waste collector;
Waste generated during operation phase to be segregated and disposed of as per standard practices acceptable to regulatory bodies. General paper wastes, wood wastes, boxes, packing material to be sold to vendors for recycling or reuse for other purposes;
Waste bins to be provide in sufficient numbers all across the project site; and
Arrangement for regular collection of waste.
7.3.14 Responsibilities and Accountabilities
The Corporate EHSS Manager through the Site EHSS Manager will be responsible for: Implementing the mitigation measures mentioned in this management
plan; Ensuring that materials are segregated and recycled as appropriate; Ensuring that all wastes are placed into the appropriate receptacles; Maintain a database which will record the quantities and types of waste
removed from the site including maintain records on disposal of hazardous wastes;
Monthly review of non-hazardous and hazardous waste generated from the project;
Conducting weekly and monthly audits around the Project site to inspect waste management practices;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
64
Review conditions of storage location and records related to hazardous wastes as per the conditions of authorization; and
Ensuring compliance of conditions of authorization or annual filing of hazardous wastes returns.
7.3.15 Waste Generation Template
The following table highlights the template to be used for collection of data on waste generation and handling at the site level.
Table 7.6 Waste generation and handling template
Name and Address of the Site:
Description of wastes generated/handled: Date Type of Waste
Total quantity (Unit)
Controls Method of Storage (Colour code)
Method of Disposal
Hazardous (Category)
Non-hazardous
7.4 CUTTING OF TREES
7.4.1 Brief Description & Scope
This Environmental Control Procedure (ECP) relates to tree felling or trimming within the project site or right of way during implementation of a project. The scope includes practices to be followed in all phases of project implementation viz. preparation-construction, construction and operation stage of a project.
7.4.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (HSE) Issues
Due to tree felling adverse impact on ecological environment is anticipated. The significance of the adverse impact depends on number of trees to be felled, ecological sensitivity (forest area, barren land, community forest etc), species diversity, support to ecosystem etc. in project area. HSE issues that are anticipated during clearing and grubbing activity include the following: Legal issues triggered by the activity Cut wood disposal Indiscriminate felling of trees Health and safety of general public as well as construction workers
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
65
Compensatory restoration measures Compensatory plantation, its survival monitoring and reporting
7.4.3 Policy and Legal Requirements
The policy guidelines and legal requirements in the following acts and rules are applicable to the activity: State-specific act for protection and preservation of Trees; The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, Government of India In majority of the states in India, it is generally observed that no person shall fell, burn and or trim a tree (s) located in any land whether of his ownership or otherwise without taking permission of the concerned officer from relevant agency overseeing protection of trees within the state. On example of the same is The Maharashtra (Urban Areas) Protection and Preservation of Trees Act, 1975. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 of Government of India, restricts de-reservation of forests or use of any forestland coming under the purview of Forest Act for non-forest purposes. Such activities will require forest clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF), Government of India.
7.4.4 Recommended Mitigation Measures
The following table indicates the HSE risks involved with respect to tree cutting and mitigation measures suggested for the same.
Table 7.7 Environmental Issues and Mitigations pertaining to Tree Cutting
S. No.
Environmental Aspect/Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicator
I. Project Planning Phase
1. Identification of Trees to be felled/ trimmed: During project preparation stage, RPVPL shall get trees identified that are to be felled/trimmed through project preparation consultants. The procedure for identification, numbering of trees and co-ordination with local area Tree Officer.
Acceptable documentation as per legal requirement.
2. Filing Application with Tree Authority: During project preparation stage, at least 60 days before construction contractor is appointed on an average, an application seeking permission to fell/trim trees shall be filed with Tree Authority. The application shall be accompanied by description of tree(s) to be felled/trimmed, identification number affixed on field and legible site plan showing trees to be felled/trimmed. The application shall be followed up with Tree Authority and by the time contract is awarded, permission for tree felling/trimming should be made available to contractor.
Permission obtained in time
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
66
S. No.
Environmental Aspect/Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicator
3. Preparation & Disclosure of Compensatory Tree Plantation, Transplantation and Landscaping Plan: Simultaneously after filing application with Tree Authority (TA), the engineering/ environment consultants shall prepare the following plans and incorporate the same in contract bidding documents:
Compensatory tree plantation plan Tree Transplantation plan Landscaping and other aesthetic vegetation plan
Acceptable Plans approved by local authorities
4. The plans shall include comprehensive details regarding location of plantation, tree species to be planted, procedure of nurturing, monitoring for survival, reporting to TA generally once in 6 months for a period of 3 years, format for survival reporting etc. If TA stipulates any conditions in their permission letter, the same shall be accommodated in the plans. The plans shall be discussed and disclosed during Public Consultation exercise for the project.
Consultation & Disclosure of plans
5. Filing Application with Forest Department: If the proposed project triggers provisions of Forest (Conservation) Act, then permission for tree felling and diverting Forest lands for non-forest use is to be obtained from Forest Department as per provisions of Forest Act. Again all such permissions and plans shall be ready well before contract is awarded.
Permission from concerned Forest Division/Dept.
II. Project Implementation Stage
1. Methodology and Sequence of Work: Contractor, will be preparing methodology and sequence of work for the project awarded. The same shall also include methodology and work schedule for implementing compensatory tree plantation, transplantation and landscaping plans as well in his methodology.
Acceptable methodology and schedule.
2. Clearing and Grubbing: All trees permitted for felling and trimming shall alone be cleared. The trees that are to be retained as per TA shall not be damaged or disturbed. Felling by local community or general public shall not be allowed near work areas.
Felling/ trimming as per permission
3.
Cut wood disposal: Cut wood is the property of employer. The employer shall make all arrangements to stack and dispose-off cut wood. The contractor shall create a temporary stack at a location as per the employer’s recommendations.
Stacked & disposed without causing any hindrance to contractor’s activities.
4.
Implementation of Ecological Restoration Plans: Contractor shall implement compensatory tree plantation, transplantation and landscaping plans as per approved methodology and work schedule prepared by him.
Timely implementation and nurturing to achieve 80% survival rate of trees planted.
5. Survival Monitoring and Reporting: Contractor shall monitor the plantations and prepare survival status reports every 6 months during his contract period. Reports prepared by contractor shall be checked, verified and transmitted to TA as per Tree Act for a period of 3 years. If the contract period is less than 3 years, than nurturing, monitoring and reporting of compensatory plantations shall be the responsibility of RPVPL.
Nurturing to achieve at least 80% survival rate of trees planted.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
67
S. No.
Environmental Aspect/Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicator
6. Safety Issues: During felling of trees, deployment and use of machinery, safety issues shall be considered, especially if the same is in progress near stretches where pedestrian/ commuter movement is significant. Temporary barricading to restrict public movement near work areas can be considered. Barricading can be removed after cutting operations have been completed.
Safe working practice adopted
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
69
7.5 SETTING UP AND MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION LABOUR CAMPS
7.5.1 Brief Description of Activity
This activity relates to setting up of construction labour camps near or away the project site. The scope of this ECP covers the procedures to be followed during site selection, setting-up, use & maintenance, dismantling of camps and reinstatement of camp occupied land.
7.5.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (HSE) Issues
HSE issues that are to be addressed while setting up temporary construction labour camps include the following: Siting of construction camps Land use pattern in and around the selected camp site Ecological impact Sensitive receptors in the vicinity Impacts on soil environment Waste generation and disposal Liquid wastes Solid wastes Air emissions Sanitary conditions Health and hygiene Labour welfare Reinstatement of land
7.5.3 Policy and Legal requirements, if any
The Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and Central Rules, 1998 made thereunder stipulates that all establishments employing more than ten (10) workers will have to meet the provisions of the act and rules made thereunder. Chapter 6 of the said Act and Chapter 28 of Central rules stipulate the basic welfare measures that are to be provided by the employer or establishment which has been reproduced in Annex A. The stipulations shall be reviewed and followed. Solid waste generated out of the labour camp facility has to be managed in accordance with the Solid Waste Management Rules 2016. Apart from the same, ReNew Power will also take into consideration IFC Performance Standard 2 requirements on Labour and Working conditions and ADB’s Core Labour Standards Handbook while managing HSE risks with respect to setting up and functioning of labour camps for their projects.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
70
7.5.4 Recommended Mitigation Measures
The following table indicates the HSE risks involved with respect to setting up and maintenance of labour camp and suggested mitigation measures for the same.
Table 7.8 Environmental issues and mitigation measures
S.No. Environmental Issue
Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicators
1. Site Selection during project preparation stage or prior to start of construction phase activities for the project
Labour camps, material and waste storage yards should be identified during the preparation stage itself with the help of DPR/ESIA/IEE Consultants keeping into considerations environmental, social and ecological aspects in such a way that the setting up of the labour camp will have a minimal impact on the same.
Site selected keeping environmental issues as one of the criteria
2. Location related Sensitivities
The selected sites shall be evaluated against environmental impacts anticipated at each site. The site with least environmental problems which are mitigatable shall be recommended to the Contractor in the tender documents.
Site identified in tender documents
3. Land Use Ideal land use at probable construction campsites could be open, barren land devoid of any vegetation or minimum vegetation. In urban areas, unused private/public lands shall be preferred over properties located in midst of residential or forested land use. Vacant, unused lands that are located at least 500-1000 m away from nearest habitation shall be preferred
Site selection criteria adopted
4. Tree Felling/Cutting
At selected site, no trees above 100-mm girth size shall be felled. All efforts to reduce felling of trees shall be encouraged by working out alternate layout plans. Tree felling is a regulated activity and practices proposed under ECP for Tree Cutting shall be followed if unavoidable. Bushes, dry grass growth, creepers etc shall be cleared after informing the local relevant agency which in majority of the cases is the Forest Department.
Vegetation removal with permission
5. Agreement with landowner for setting up labour camp
ReNew Power shall, either directly or through Contractor, obtain the approval of landowner even in the case of government owned land. The agreement or approval letter shall specifically state that land will be returned to the owner in pre-construction stage status
Agreement with landowner
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
71
S.No. Environmental Issue
Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicators
after the agreed duration. To record the pre-construction stage status, contractor shall take photographs of the site from every angle and submit the copies to ReNew Power. During the agreement period Contractor and ReNew Power will be responsible for discouraging any form of encroachment or illegal squatting in and around the campsite.
6. Soil Environment Before setting up construction camps, during clearing operation, topsoil of about 100-150 mm thick, shall be removed, if the site selected is having vegetation even in the form of ground grass cover. The removed topsoil shall be stored in stacks or used at landscaping efforts at project site. If stored in stacks, care should be taken to avoid anaerobic condition developing in the stacks by limiting stack height to a maximum of 1.5 m and overturning the stacks after every 3-6 months.
Practices adopted to save and store topsoil
7. Sensitive Receptors Sensitive receptors such as residential areas (other than slum colonies), educational institutes, hospitals, religious places, community playgrounds, water bodies used for public purposes, declared forested areas etc shall not share boundary with camp site. Preferably, the campsite should be located at the farthest location possible.
Location with respect to nearby sensitive receptors
8. Sanitary facilities Toilet facilities adequate in number for the capacity of the camp shall be provided. A shared toilet facility shall be located within 200 feet of residential dwelling units. If less distance is available, the orientation shall be kept in such a way that facility faces away from residential area. No shared toilet facility shall be closer than 100 feet to any sleeping room, dining room, lunch area, or kitchen.
Location and provision of sanitary facilities
Separate toilets shall be provided for each sex. These toilets shall be distinctly marked "for men" and "for women" by signs printed in English and in the native language of the persons occupying the camp, or marked with easily understood pictures or symbols. Number of privy toilet seats shall be in the ratio of one unit to each 15 persons, with a minimum of two units for any shared facility.
Adequacy of facilities provided for both sex Adequate number in compliance
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
72
S.No. Environmental Issue
Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicators
Urinals shall be provided on the basis of one unit or 2 linear feet of urinal trough for each 25 men. Urinals shall be provided with adequate water flush and proper septic tank mechanism.
9. Bathing facilities In the campsite, shared bathing rooms in the ratio of one room for every 10 persons shall be provided. If bathing facilities for each gender are in the same location, partitions extending from the floor to the roof or ceiling shall separate them. Bathing room floors shall be made of smooth finish but not slippery materials; they shall be impervious to moisture. Floor drains shall be provided in all bathrooms.
Adequate bathroom facilities
10. Upkeep and maintenance of sanitary facilities
Each toilet rooms, bathing rooms and washing area shall be lighted naturally or artificially by a safe type of lighting at all hours of the day and night. Each of toilet, bathrooms and wash area shall be kept in proper hygienic condition. They shall be cleaned at least daily.
Adequate lighting in all enclosed rooms
11. Lighting Where electric service is available, each habitable room in a camp shall be provided with at least one ceiling-type light fixture. Laundry and toilet rooms and rooms where people congregate shall contain at least one ceiling- or wall-type fixture. Light levels in toilet and storage rooms shall be at least 20 foot-candles 30 inches from the floor. Other rooms, including kitchens and living quarters, shall be at least 30 foot-candles 30 inches from the floor.
Adequate luminance
12. Domestic garbage disposal bins
Common campsite garbage bins shall be provided at least 100 feet away from nearest residential unit. Bins shall be made of metal barrels with lids and tarred inside or other equivalent container material. The containers shall be kept clean and emptied when full, but not less than twice a week. These bins should be located in such areas so that the smell emanating from the same is carried away from the labour camp. These locations can be inferred after studying the wind data which provides the required direction of the wind. Additional mitigation measure can be surrounding or locating the waste bin areas closer to green belts in order to curtail the smell.
Compliant arrangements
13. Construction camp facilities
One residential unit shall be provided for each family at the campsite. Any dimension of the residential unit shall not be less than 7 feet.
Adequate dwelling space
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
73
S.No. Environmental Issue
Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicators
Each adult person shall have minimum dwelling area of not less than 40 sq. feet. In case of dormitories, each person shall have a minimum of 50 sq. feet of dwelling area. In the units wherein workers cook, live and sleep in a single room, a minimum area of 100 Sq. feet per person shall be provided.
14. Material of Construction
The residential units shall be constructed of reusable/recyclable materials, which are easy to construct and dismantle. Construction material shall be selected to provide protection against harsh natural elements such as heat, cold, monsoon etc. If corrugated GI sheets are used as roofing material, to provide cool liveable environment inside, double roofing of the same material or providing a thatched roof above campsite units.
Reusable materials used
15. Provision for drinking water
Wholesome drinking water at the rate of 10 litres per person per day shall be provided in the camps which shall be used for drinking and cooking purpose only. For bathing, washing and ablution purposes, potable water at the rate of 30 litres per person per day shall be provided.
Adequate quantity of water provided
16. Provision for cooking fuel
All labourers staying in the camp shall be provided with/or encouraged to use kerosene stoves at the least for cooking purposes. Use of firewood for cooking shall be discouraged or prohibited. Within the residential unit good ventilation shall be provided if cooking is to be done inside. It will be better to cook outdoors than inside dark and enclosed living rooms of the unit.
Cooking practices adopted at campsite
17. Liquid waste generation and disposal
A common kitchen utensil washing area shall be provided. Washing outside dwelling units shall be prohibited. Liquid waste generated from bathing, laundry wash, kitchen utensils wash areas shall be collected at one point and disposed off to public sewer system if available. Any open drains within or emanating from the site location are required to be covered to prevent nay breeding of vectors especially mosquitoes. The drainage is required to be slightly sloped in construct in order to avoid any stagnation of sewer water within the same. If more than 1000 litres of water is consumed
Practices adopted to handle liquid waste
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
74
S.No. Environmental Issue
Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicators
at a campsite for various purposes, installing appropriate, onsite packaged treatment plant will be appropriate. Treated wastewater can be used for landscaping and gardening purposes or disposed off in public sewer system.
18. Wastewater generated from toilets
Wastewater emanating from toilets and urinals shall be treated onsite before disposal. Onsite options such as septic tanks and twin pit pour flush latrines shall be preferred.
Practices adopted to handle toilet waste
19. Solid waste generation and disposal
Solid waste generated shall be collected in common campsite garbage barrels as mentioned earlier. Collected garbage shall not be burnt in open as it is prohibited under Solid waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016. Solid waste shall be transported to nearest municipal disposal site. If area is available onsite treatment systems such as composting shall be encouraged. Construction wastes to be handled and managed separately in accordance with the Construction and Waste Management Rules 2016.
Practices adopted to handle solid waste
20. General Housekeeping and Sanitation
The entire campsite area shall be managed with better housekeeping practices. Sweeping the area daily at least once, prohibiting spitting, bathing, washing etc in open camp community space, avoiding cesspool formation of water/wastewater in low-lying areas, not throwing garbage and waste food indiscriminately in open areas, prohibiting open defecation etc. Effective measures shall be taken to prevent infestation by and harbourage of animals (pigs and stray dogs) or insect vectors or pests especially at waste disposal locations.
General cleanliness of campsite
21. Reinstatement of Land
During reinstatement, all efforts to return the land in its pre-construction stage status shall be taken. Onsite treatment systems like septic tanks, leach pits, composting yards, if established, shall be closed safely. Topsoil collected prior to establishment shall be re-spread and vegetation reinstated to the extent possible. Any encroaches within or adjoining camp boundary shall be discouraged and PMC/PIA shall be kept informed about such developments.
Satisfactory reinstatement of land occupied by campsite
22. Health and Welfare Measures
If the project campsite is to be used and maintained for more than 6 months duration at a location, the works contractor may organise and arrange medical camps exclusively for the benefit of construction workers and their families staying in the
Health and welfare measures provided
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
75
S.No. Environmental Issue
Mitigation Measure Monitoring Indicators
camp. The medical camp shall be organised under a registered medical practitioner.
7.6 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
7.6.1 Brief Description & Scope
This activity relates to execution of works such as cutting, removing and disposing of all materials such as trees, bushes, shrubs, stumps, roots, grass, weeds, top organic soil not exceeding 150mm in thickness, rubbish etc. The scope of this practice covers the procedures to be followed during execution of clearing and grubbing activity.
7.6.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (HSE) Issues
HSE issues that are anticipated during clearing and grubbing activity include the following: Loss of top soil Soil erosion Fugitive dust emission Debris generation, storage, transport and disposal Loss of trees, bushes and other vegetation Air and noise pollution due to deployment of construction equipment and
vehicles Local traffic management Health and safety of general public as well as construction workers
7.6.3 Policy and Legal Requirements
The policy guidelines and legal requirements in the following acts and rules are applicable to the activity: Local state level tree protection and preservation of trees act, Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2000 Tree as per any state level act is generally defined as any perennial woody plant, whether in the seeding or sapling stage or fully grown stage, and includes shrubs whose branches spring from the ground level. The definition may vary under specific cases and is required to be verified with that specific state level legislation. As per Schedule II of Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016, construction or demolition wastes or debris shall be separately
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
76
collected and disposed-off following proper norms. Waste (garbage and dry leaves) shall not be burnt.
7.6.4 Recommended Mitigation Measures
The following table indicates the HSE risks involved with respect to Clearing and Grubbing activities that would be required to be undertaken for site clearance prior to active start of full-scale construction activities.
Table 7.9 Recommended Mitigation Measures with respect to clearing and grubbing activities
SNo. Environmental Practice or Measures Monitoring Indicator
1. Loss of Topsoil: In areas where grass or any form of vegetation is found, efforts to conserve topsoil shall be undertaken. Topsoil of not more than 100-150 mm thick from surface shall be scraped and stored separately near site. In areas where no vegetation is found (such as road shoulders) there is no need to follow this measure. Topsoil collection will be helpful during vegetation reinstatement as part of soil erosion control and landscaping of ground surface after construction is complete. Topsoil is considered as the seed bank for effective ecological restoration of the area. As the seed bank contains species of local variety, introduction of alien, conflicting and dominating species is minimised.
Compliant practice followed.
2. Topsoil storage: Segregated topsoil shall be stored in stockpiles of 1 to 1.25-m height. The stockpiles shall be located such that disturbance to construction work is minimal. Preferably, topsoil stocks shall be located along RoW or at common storage location for the project. Height of stacks affects the quality of stack material as anaerobic conditions develop in the stack defeating the purpose of collecting and storing topsoil. In dry weather conditions (between Feb - May), topsoil stacks shall be sprinkled with water on all sides to keep the moisture content of the stack. Water sprinkling shall not result in surface runoff. If topsoil stacks are undisturbed for more than six months at a location, to increase aeration in the stack, the stacks shall be disturbed and formed again. At any part of project site, if topsoil is required for reinstatement, the stored topsoil shall be used.
Topsoil storage practices
3. Dust carried over to carriageway: Cleared debris might find its way to traffic-allowed carriageway due to spillage from loaded trucks, dirt falling off wheels and crawlers etc. The truck shall not be loaded beyond its maximum capacity. Surface of loaded material on a truck shall be compacted lightly to prevent rolling off. Sprinkling of water may also prevent dirt falling off trucks while travelling. Wherever clearing and activity is in progress, carriageway at that stretch shall be kept free of debris by brooming. At least upto 10m length of road shall be swept clear from the point where loaded trucks enter road from the project site.
Measures adopted to reduce dust generation
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
77
SNo. Environmental Practice or Measures Monitoring Indicator
4. Fugitive dust emission: Dust could generate from Clearance & Grubbing (C&G) site due to loading and unloading of removed debris on trucks and speeding of trucks on cleared soil surface.
To reduce dust emission at loading/ unloading point, free fall of debris from excavator bucket to body of trucks or from tilting dumpers shall be avoided.
Vehicle speed on barren earth, unpaved surface or exposed soil surface shall not exceed 10 km/hr to reduce dust cloud generation.
Compliant practices.
No dust cloud formation which lasts more than 10 seconds.
5. Clearing of trees: Clearing trees including perennial woody plants that are in seeding of sapling stage and shrubs that branch from ground level requires permission from tree authority. .
Felling trees after obtaining requisite permission
6. Cleared Debris Transport: Clearing and grubbing debris shall be collected, stored and transported without causing any disturbance to public activities around the site. Transport of debris shall not cause dust emission or result in debris falling off trucks on the way to disposal site.
Compliant C&G debris handling
7. Debris disposal: Combustible debris such as trees, bushes, shrubs, stumps, roots, grass, weeds, paper, clothes, dry leaves, barks and others shall not be burnt to reduce waste quantity or as a method of disposal.
The C & G debris shall be disposed off at locally authorised location only.
No open burning & disposal at authorised location.
8. Traffic Management: Local traffic management shall be carried out as per Traffic Management Plan of the site
As per Traffic Management Plan of the site premise
9. Ground Vibration: During C & G activity, vibration induced risk criteria specified in terms of safe distance of work for various activities such as bulldozing, heavy truck traffic, pavement breaking shall be considered. Use of light duty equipment, vehicles or manual operations, if feasible shall be preferred in such cases.
Compliant practices
10. Soil Erosion: Cleared area is highly susceptible to wind and water erosion. C&G activity shall be scheduled in such a way that other construction activities follow immediately after completion of C&G activity. Near surface water bodies, sewage nallahs/rivers, drainage channels, C&G shall not commerce before and during monsoon unless approved by Site Manager.
Ensure periodicity and minimisation if erosion and runoff prior and post monsoonal seasons respectively
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
78
SNo. Environmental Practice or Measures Monitoring Indicator
11. Loss of trees and other vegetation: Loss of tress, plants and other minor vegetation such as bushes, shrubs, grass forming ground cover etc outside construction lines and RoW shall be kept to minimum. More damage to ground cover provided by vegetation increases soil erosion. Damage could occur due to movement of vehicles, crawler mounted earthmovers, workers, locating stockpiles of debris/topsoil, parking of vehicles, fuel/oil or lubricants leakage from machinery or disposal during on-site repair and maintenance of vehicles/machinery etc. Though these activities are unavoidable, restricting within a boundary can control the areal extent of damage. The boundary at site can be defined by temporary barricading so that workers will not indulge in any activity outside the barricades.
Activity outside RoW or construction line.
7.7 ONSITE CONCRETE PREPARATION
7.7.1 Brief Description of Activity & Objective of this ECP
This activity relates to concrete preparation at site either manually or using mechanical mixers which are diesel engine driven and tyre mounted. Scope of this practice covers the procedures to be followed during the same especially during the foundation activities for the solar or wind project. The main objective of this Environmental Control Procedure (ECP) is to minimise HSE impacts arising out of concrete preparation activities.
7.7.2 Environmental, Health and Safety (HSE) Issues
HSE issues that are anticipated during execution of the activity include the following: Noise pollution from mechanical mixers Air emission from diesel engine Wash water discharge Location of material stockpiles Spillage of concrete while transport Oil, fuel and lubricant leakage Impact on soil environment Debris and other waste concrete Reinstatement of land area used for onsite concrete preparation
7.7.3 Policy and Legal requirements, if any
Air Pollutant Emissions Air pollutant emissions from non-road construction equipment, engines and vehicles are yet to be regulated and as of now there are no legal or statutory regulation.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
79
Noise Emissions Under Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 (Schedule VI, Part E) the noise generation standards applicable for construction equipments, machinery and vehicles at the construction stage are presented below: Noise Limits for Automobiles (Free Field distance at 7.5 metre in dB(A) at the construction Stage) Passenger or commercial vehicles upto 4 tonne 85 Passenger or commercial vehicles between 4 – 12 tonne 89 Passenger or commercial vehicles above 12 tonne 91 Cranes (movable) vibrators and saws 75 Concrete mixer shall not generate noise levels beyond 75 dB (A) at manufacturing stage.
7.7.4 Recommended Mitigation Measures
The following table illustrates environmental issues and mitigation measures with respect to this work.
Table 7.10 Environmental issues and mitigation measures
SNo. Environmental issues
Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicators
1. Noise Emission: Noise generation is expected form diesel engine driven mechanical mixers.
Orientation of mixer in such a way to reduce noise nuisance to nearest sensitive receptor.
Locating Stockpiles to act as noise barrier Operating and maintaining the mixer in
good condition to reduce noise generation
Checking vibration induce noise and rectifying the same
Operating the engine with factory recommended silencers
Compliant practices adopted
2. Air pollutant emitted from engine driven mechanical mixer
Any dark, thick smoke emitted from engine which is persistent lasting more than 10 seconds in air shall be checked.
Fugitive emissions from fuel tank shall be controlled by maintaining leak proof tank and cover.
Compliant practices adopted
3. Waste water discharge
Mechanical mixer will have to be washed with large amount of water after every production cycle is complete.
Wash water will have cement and grit in large quantities and hence indiscriminate throwing of the same in nearby areas shall be prohibited.
The wash water can be stored in a tank or a pit dug on ground. After about 30-90 minutes of setting, the clear water can be reused for cement preparation, washing,
Compliant practices adopted
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
80
SNo. Environmental issues
Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicators
dust control sprinkling or even in curing newly cost concrete members.
Throwing wash water on nearby land will form an impermeable layer due to cement content.
Repeatedly throwing washwater at one location may result in formation of hard, crusty, cement concrete layer, the crusty hard layer shall be removed after the work is complete and disposed off along with other debris.
4. Location of stockpiles
Stockpiles shall be located without obstructing any public activity in the area.
Slumping towards carriageway or drainage channels/nallahs shall be prevented or rectified.
Location of stockpiles shall be near to concrete preparation site to prevent material spillage on the way.
Other stockpile related problems such as wind-borne and water-borne erosion shall be prevented by following appropriate preventive measures.
Cement bags storage and its handling shall not be result in dust generation.
Compliant practices adopted
5. Spillage of Concrete
Concrete shall be prepared close to work site where concrete is to be place to avoid spillage on the way.
After the concrete work is completed, any spillage on the way shall be cleaned and cleared.
Compliant practices adopted
6. Oil, Fuel or Lubricant Spill/Leak
In a mechanical mixer, any spill or leak of oil, fuel or lubricant shall be avoided.
Refuelling diesel engines, applying oil or lubricants to various mechanical parts of the mixer shall be carried out using appropriate tools and equipment.
If unavoidable spreading a jute bag or other such cover on the ground below when refuelling or lubricating can prevent spillage onto ground.
Compliant practices adopted
7. Soil Environment Soil environment especially the topsoil environment will be adversely impacted during onsite concrete preparation.
The impact can be significant if manual mixing of concrete or cement mortar is made on ground.
Besides stockpile area, wash water disposal on ground, waste concrete or excess concrete/mortar disposal on ground, spillage of concrete, oil, fuel spill etc may also have adverse impacts on top soil environment.
These impacts can be mitigated to some extent by following the measures
Compliant practices adopted
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
81
SNo. Environmental issues
Mitigation Measures Monitoring Indicators
recommended in this ECP and proper reinstatement of the area after completing all concreting activities at the site.
8. Debris Disposal Debris generated from stockpile area, waste/reject concrete/mortar, excess quantity of concrete/mortar, hard crusty soil surface formed due to manual mixing on ground etc. shall be disposed off as debris as per construction waste management plan.
Compliant practices adopted
9. Reinstatement The entire area used for concrete/mortar preparation shall be reinstated to pre-use or pre-construction status. o Stockpile area o Concrete mixer area o Manual mixing area o Wash water disposal point, if any
Reinstatement to pre-construction status
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
82
8 HSE COMMUNICATIONS
For effective two ways communication of information related to occupational health and safety, each site supervisor needs to maintain certain types of communication system within their site. The communication of such information can occur in the following ways:
8.1 INTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS
Initial induction meeting wherein a person will be familiarised with the site specific EHSE rules and regulations. This will include HSE policy, procedures, emergency evacuation, reporting, access, etc.;
Maintain Notice boards at the site which will include HSEE information pertaining to:
o Safety alerts; o HSEE notices; o Posters; o Accidents, near miss, evacuation, and other safety statistics; o Programmes; o Rules and regulations, etc.
Safety Postures, displays and banners: this is done to spread the message and remain their continuously in front of the workers to understand the hazards, prevent accidents, and inspire them to work safely. Posters at a time reaches larger group and foster the attitude that accidents can be prevented and safety is a mark of skill.
8.2 EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS
As part of their responsibilities, area supervisor and HSE person maintains liaison with applicable outside agencies and governments regarding regulatory or legal requirements. Communications with the local regulatory requirements should happen as per Corporate Legal team’s requirements. The following external communications can occur from HSE point of view: Regulatory requirements, license, permits, and other letters from
concerned authorities; With respect to community health and safety; and Consultation with the customer. Please note that each site must identify a person who undertakes these external communications. That person should remain the single point of contact to handle and understand these communications and can duly report the same to the corporate teams (both HSE and legal).
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
83
8.3 SITE ACCESS CONTROL
Adequate security guard force personnel, response equipment and facilities shall be provided to manage the security of the site. Only qualified and licensed personnel shall be appointed as security guard force personnel. All personnel working on site are required to possess an Identification card that will be provided following a site induction. Access to the site shall only be via the designated security gate entrance(s) where the identification card of all personnel will be shown. All personnel are expected to carry their ID card at all times whilst on site. All vehicles requiring access to the sites shall possess a relevant Vehicle Access Pass obtainable through the site manager in accordance with company’s requirements. Training, drills and exercises shall be conducted to increase readiness and identify opportunities to improve the System continually.
8.4 VISITOR’S RULES
Dedicated entry should be provided for any visitor entry. Security guard should enter the details of the visitor such as name, address, purpose of visit, whom to meet, material incoming, etc. After the entry, the visitor MUST be informed regarding the site evacuation in case of emergency and provided with the visitor badge which should also consist of the following visitor rules: NO SMOKING on the premise allowed; It is forbidden to film or take photographs on these premises without authorisation. Electronic devices may not be connected to the company network without
authorisation. Always walk on designated pedestrian walkways; Personal protective equipment (PPE) must be worn in many areas of our site. For your own safety you must wear the appropriate protective equipment when
entering these areas; Obey alarm signals and follow the instructions of the fire safety team; To report an accident/ incident, please call our internal emergency number XXXXX In an emergency leave the building via the emergency exits and escape routes. Do not use any lifts and close doors behind you. Follow all instructions from
emergency and fire safety personnel; Make your way to one of the designated assembly points and wait further
instructions. Keep your visitor badge always visible; Please enter only the designated locations to you.
When leaving the site please ensure that you return the badges and other tools and
equipments taken from the site and duly sign off.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
84
9 EMERGENCY PREPARDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN
It is the objective of emergency management to prevent, by technical and organizational measures, the accidents and to minimize losses that occur due to such accidents. It is also a responsibility of effective management to be able to restore normalcy as quickly as possible. An Emergency can thus be defined as follows: “An occurrence of such magnitude, taking place suddenly within the industry, so as to disrupt the normal functioning of the wind farm site, affecting the lives and safety of personnel, security of property, and having dangerous repercussions on the surroundings.”
9.1 DEFINITIONS
1. Emergency Assembly/Muster Point: Emergency assembly/muster points are a predetermined location where personnel will gather in the case of an emergency evacuation.
2. Site Layout Plan: The site layout plan will indicate: Access gates; Streets; Site offices; Evacuation routes to emergency assembly/muster points; Emergency meeting points First aid room/trailer location; Fire extinguisher / air horn locations; Controlled product storage
3. Emergency Contact List: The contact list of people with internal and external emergencies such as medical emergency number, contact details, police station, fire brigade number, etc.;
4. On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan: The plan detailing the site specific emergency scenarios, controls, evacuation routes, emergency fire prevention system, protection system, firefighting system, mock drill, etc.
9.2 RESPONSE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
9.2.1 Plan Formulation
The plan is formulated for specific requirement of minimizing the potential of damage through proper planning of activities and material at the project site. It is designed to cope up with all types of emergencies and is flexible enough to meet different situations like fire, explosion, etc. In preparation of the On-site Emergency Plan, the following elements have been considered to make it effective. Leadership and administration for emergency management.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
85
Prompt activation of Emergency Management Plan to minimize loss Communication arrangements for warning/notification and requisitioning
external help Lighting and stand-by power for various combat operations Setting up of an Emergency Control Center to act as a command and
control point during an emergency Defining escape routes and deciding upon methods that will be employed
for evacuation of people Provision for Medical care to the injured and response personnel Protection of vital records Formulation of public relations/functions including interaction with
media, press, officials and neighboring population Preparation and use of checklists for various emergency management
functions for pre, post and in emergency activities. Formulation of procedure for systematic shut-down of the operations Formulation of re-entry and re-commissioning procedures Conducting regular training programs for all level of employees, and Conducting Mock Drills for assessment of the level of preparedness of
men and material at the works.
9.2.2 Pre emergency Activities
The following activities will be undertaken to efficiently manage emergency situation, if it arises: Formation of an Emergency Control Team (ECT), which involves
identification of Works Main Controller (WMC), Incident Controller (IC) and key persons who will take charge of the situation during an emergency.
Assigning specific duties to the identified members of the ECT. Identification of major hazardous storages, carrying out risk assessment,
calculation of damage distances and identification of vulnerable areas. Preparation of an on-site emergency plan. In addition to the above, following activities will be regularly taken up for preventing emergency or enhancing the emergency preparedness if it arises: Inspection of the wind farm site by Site-Incharge [Name] to locate any
abnormalities; Training of staff and workers in site safety, safe work procedures, first aid,
rescue, firefighting, etc.; Formulation of Work Permit System for various activities such as
construction, excavation, maintenance in hazardous areas, loading/unloading of hazardous materials, hot work etc.;
Carrying out Mock drills to be in readiness to cope with any emergent situation;
Getting Safety Audit conducted at least once a year by competent and independent third party; and
Updating on-site emergency plans on the basis of safety audit and mock drills.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
86
9.2.3 Procedure during Emergency
In case of an impending possible disaster due to fire, explosion or any other reason outside the substation building, say the hazardous storage area, the nearest person will inform the security coordinator over the intercom, who will raise alarm by siren/public address system and rush to actuate the appropriate point of ring main hydrant system. All key persons and concerned individuals will respond to the siren/public address system at once and take earliest possible action to control the situation, so as to avoid development of a major emergency. The following immediate action will be required to contain and bring the incident under control. Taking charge of the situation by Mr. XXXX QHSE officer and deciding
on priorities of action as per need; Cordoning off/ isolating the affected area so that emergency operations
can be carried out without any hindrance from onlookers or workers ; Taking charge of the Emergency Control Center by the Works Main
Controller for taking decisions and directing emergency operations; Making available uninterrupted water supply from the raw water tanks
and replenishing it from other sources, when necessary; Directing the fire-fighting team of the method and strategy to be adopted
for a particular incident by the fire and safety coordinator and supervising the fire-fighting operations;
Rescuing the casualties and sending them for medical attention by the rescue team;
Systematic shutting down of the operations and the substation by the respective section in charge under instructions from ;
Switching off the main power supply and making arrangements of safe alternate power supply, if required;
Making available appropriate emergency equipment for personnel of rescue and combat teams;
Directing all workers and visitors to assemble at assembly point (open area near behind and on side of the security office near the main gate) and head counting;
Making available all possible transport for evacuation of all workers and visitors or transportation of casualties to hospital/ treatment centers;
As the nearest village is XXXX, it will be beneficial to provide early notification of emergency to the outside emergency services so that their resources can promptly be mobilized;
Alerting all hospitals in the surrounding area and medical professionals who are specialists in treating burn injuries;
Taking steps to avoid secondary fires; Deciding time to move back to the affected zone and cooling of the area
sufficiently; Survey of the area and indicate steps if any, to be taken to avoid further
damage to the equipment;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
87
Protection of records for further inquiry ; and Decision to re-enter and re-commissioning of equipment. Please note that emergency response plan may change with respect to specific emergency. Some of the key emergency and their specific action plan are detailed below:
Table 9.1 List of Emergencies
Category Description
Internal Emergencies
A. Workplace Accident/ Incident
- Incidents related to collapsed structures/ excavations
- Incidents related to working at height
- Incidents related to vehicles/moving equipment’s viz., Overturning of dump trucks, collapse of cranes etc.
- - Incidents related to exposure to electrical
hazards viz., Electrical shock, electrocution
- Incidents related to Snake, insect bites
B. Fire and Explosions
- Incidents related to Electrical Fires viz., Fire at electrical substation
- General fire incidents at workplace.
- Incidents related to fire and explosion at
hazardous installations viz., gas cylinder storage area. (*)
- C. Spill and
Contamination (*)
- Spillage of oil, diesel or other chemical substance on unpaved surface.
- (*) Based on the extent of the impact, these categories may also come under external emergencies requiring involvement of authorities in handling of the emergency situation.
External Emergencies
A. Natural Calamities
- Flooding at Site -
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
88
- Other events such as landslides, earthquakes -
B. Major Fires/Explosion incidents
- Incidents related to major fires, explosions, spills which require urgent involvement of external authorities.
- C. Others - Terrorism
-
-
9.3 INTERNAL EMERGENCIES
9.3.1 Workplace Accidents/ Incidents
Incidents related to collapsed structures/Excavations
- The individual who is responsible or who discovers the incident would report the incident to the concerned Incident controller;
- Inform to HSE department, Civil works execution head, Mechanical Head, Electrical Head and HR and Admin Department immediately;
- The concerned engineer would instruct the workers to reach the nearest assembly point and ask them remain calm;
- Concerned Works controller will assess the situation;
- Control the “MOB” (if any) promptly. - Evacuate the workmen to a safe distance / Assembly Point; - Barricade the area to prevent unauthorized entry;
- Put security guard till the investigation is done by the QHSE department at site and senior officials;
- Take out the causality (if any) to open area and give first-aid and call for further medical assistance;
In case of fatal incident inform Emergency Response Team Leader, Renew Power Site Incharge; and Comply with legal and statutory requirement. Incident related to Work at Height
- Remain calm. Assess the situation.
- Inform Works Controller, Civil work execution head or Site Incharge immediately;
- The concerned engineer would instruct the workers to reach the nearest assembly point and ask them remain calm;
- Take out the causality (if any) to open area and give first-aid and call for further medical assistance;
- If victim is unconscious, call Ambulance immediately and shift the victim to nearby hospital;
- Barricade the area;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
89
- Put security guard and don’t allow any person to change anything in the area till the investigation is done by HSE department;
- In case of fatal incident inform to police station and Renew Power Head Office; and
- Comply with legal and statutory requirement. Incidents related to vehicles/ moving equipment’s
Overturning of dump trucks/ other equipment’s
- The individual who is responsible or who discovers the incident would report the incident to the concerned Works controller;
- Communicate the message to QHSE, HR / Admin dept. and Mechanical Head.
- Arrange all required facilities like lifting equipments, transport vehicles etc. to clear the road.
- Arrange other facilities through HR and Admin department for manpower, money & conveyance.
- Cordon-off the area to prevent any public with the help of Security.
- Renew Power’s Site Incharge is authorized to declare an emergency. - He will assume overall control of the emergency at the site and co-
ordinate all Emergency Control activities and make sure that all persons carry out their assigned duties in the pre-determined manner.
- Inform the concerned officials at Renew Power Head Office Head QHSE and seek necessary assistance in terms of co-ordination with Government authorities, (client), State Pollution Control Board, Fire Brigade, Police Station, etc.
- Inform the finance department at ReNew Power’s Head Office to co-ordinate with the Insurer / Surveyor / Loss Assessor and hasten up settlement of claims, if any.
- Constitute a committee to examine / investigate the situations that resulted in the incident and to identify steps to be taken to prevent recurrence of such incidents in future.
Collapse of crane
- The individual who is responsible or who discovers the incident would report the incident to the Incident controller;
- Site Incharge will assess the situation; - Barricade the area; - If casualty, provide immediate first aid and shift victim to hospital;
- Divert the traffic; and - Put security guard till the area is cleared.
9.3.2 Electrical shock/ electrocution:
Cut off power supply and raise alarm; Use fire extinguisher (ABC type) for extinguishing the fire;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
90
While tackling this incident, make sure you are wearing safety shoes, if not; stand on wooden planks / platform or rubber / synthetic mat;
If night, then arrange emergency electric supply from outside sources; and If possible disconnect connection with other equipment / machines.
Electrocution Incidents
- Call for help;
- Don’t touch the electrocuted victim with bare hands; - Disconnect the current supply immediately; - If possible, drag the individual or separate him with the help of
wooden stick; - While tackling this incident, make sure you are wearing safety shoes, if
not, stand on wooden planks / platform or rubber / synthetic mat; - If victim is breathing keep him as such and call for medical assistance;
- If victim is not breathing, give him artificial breathing by following method: Clean the mouth and oral cavity; Tilt the head backward and open his jaws downwards; Pinch victim’s nostrils so that air does not leak out; Take a deep breath and push this air into victim’s mouth by
approximating your lips with his lips; and Carry out this procedure for 12 – 15 times in a minute.
- The individual responsible for or who discovers the incident will immediately report the incident to WMC and IC.
9.3.3 Incident related to Snake, insect bites
Remove yourself or victim from the risk of a second bite; Take off any jewellery or tight clothing near the bite quickly before the
swelling starts; Calm the patient and keep encouraging him; Lift a bitten arm or leg so it is level with your heart; Keep the extremity at heart level or lower. In most cases severe
complications do not occur until several hours post-bite. If the victim must be transported or walked out, make wise use of those first few hours. If medical help is more than 30 minutes away, tie an elastic wrap two inches above the bite. The wrap would be loose enough to slip a finger underneath it;
Limit liquid intake because the body pumps the fluids to the bite site, increasing painful swelling. Avoid alcohol which increases metabolism and impair judgment;
Remember that most bites even from poisonous snakes are not fatal. Panic can increase the danger to the victim by increasing heartbeat;
Don’t excite the victim or even allow the victim to walk if it can be avoided. Doing so will increase the blood circulation, speeding the spread of the venom beyond the area of the bite;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
91
Don’t cut an ‘X’ or suck out the venom with mouth. This is ineffective and increases trauma in the area of the wound;
Do not bleed the wound; Do not put any ice on the bite area; and Snake bite can often cause severe pain at bite site. This can be treated with
pain killers like paracetamol. Do not take Aspirin tablet.
9.3.4 Fire and Explosion
The individual responsible for or who discovers the fire or explosion will immediately report the incident to IC. Incidents of Fire
- Communication from the spot; - Apply fire extinguishers and extinguish the fire; - In case fire is more then – Switch off electrical power; Start evacuation with nearby people at open area; and Ensure all the precautionary measures to take that there would
not be any fire. - Remain calm and assess the situation;
- The concerned engineer would instruct the workers to reach the nearest assembly point and ask them remain calm;
- Alert the firefighting team or brigade;
- Determine the type of fire and try to extinguish it immediately by the appropriate method;
- There are four categories of Fires, namely: Class A - Ordinary combustibles; Class B - Flammable liquids, Gases, Greases; Class C – Electrical; and Class D – Chemical metals.
- Use Dry Chemical Extinguishers common for above A, B, C type of Fires (available at site).
Incidents of Explosion during explosive loading
- The individual who is responsible or who discovers the incident would report the incident to IC;
- Inform to HSE department, Civil works execution head, Mechanical Head, Electrical Head and HR and Admin Department immediately;
- The concerned engineer would instruct the workers to reach the nearest assembly point and ask them remain calm;
- Concerned WMC will assess the situation;
- Control the MOB (if any) promptly.
- Evacuate the workmen to a safe distance / Assembly Point; - Barricade the area to prevent unauthorized entry;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
92
- Put security guard till the investigation is done by the IC department at site and senior officials;
- Take out the causality (if any) to open area and give first-aid and call for further medical assistance;
- In case of fatal incident inform Emergency Response Team Leader Renew Power Sit Incharge; Comply with legal and statutory requirement; and
- Arrange other facilities through HR and Admin department for manpower, money & conveyance.
- Inform the concerned officials at ReNew Power Head Office (Head QHSE and seek necessary assistance.
- Inform the Finance department at ReNew Power Head Office to co-ordinate with the Insurer /Surveyor / Loss Assessor and hasten up settlement of claims, if any.
- Inform the local authority, guard and emergency services etc. Explosion of gas cylinder at storage area
- The individual who is responsible or who discovers the incident would report the incident to WMC;
- Immediately barricade the area;
- Use Fire extinguishers (ABC type or DCP) to suppress the fire; - If casualty is there, provide proper first aid and shift the victim to
hospital; - Inform the local authorities about the incident; - Seek for external help from fire brigade, if required;
- Depute security guard till the area is cleared; - Try to put out fire only if it is small and tame; and - Alert fire department. When necessary, leave the fire fighting to
professionals. Fire in diesel storage area
- The individual who is responsible or who discovers the fire of diesel storage area will report the incident to WMC;
- IC will analyze the situation and severity of the fire;
- All the personnel in the vicinity will be alarmed through emergency siren;
- Fire-fighting team leader will take up the situation and will guide the firefighting team to control and extinguish the fire;
- In case of major fire, fire brigade would be contacted immediately and the incident will be reported to the interested parties / pollution control board.
- When dry chemical powder is used for the containment of the fire, after the fire is contained the contaminated soil will be taken out and stored in empty containers or will be stored in the designated area specially prepared for such types of material during emergency;
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
93
- The contaminated material will be disposed off at the specific location only after the required treatment is given as per guidance of client or pollution control board; and
- In case water is used for the containment of fire, the polluted fire water will be stored temporarily in a tank and will be treated and disposed off as per the guidance and approval of client or pollution control board.
Fire in office, mess and officer’s /worker’s camp
- The individual responsible for or who discovers the fire will immediately report the incident to the site WMC & IC;
- Proceed to nearest safe exit/ assembly point; - Disconnect electrical connection;
- Be aware of smoke, noxious fumes; - Think first of your safety and that of others; - Use blanket and tarps as shield;
- Crawl on hands, knees; - Contact on Posted Emergency numbers; - Try to put out fire only if it is small and tame; and - Alert fire department. When necessary, leave the fire fighting to
professionals.
9.3.5 Spill and Contamination Incidents
Spillage of oil, diesel on the unpaved surface (soil)
- The individual responsible for or who discovers the spillage will immediately report the incident to the WMC;
- WMC will analyze the situation; - An immediate response is to control and contain the spillage; trained
personnel would use the control equipments such as pit sorbs powder or saw dust; and
- All the details of the spillage and remediation actions will be recorded and if required to SPCB.
9.3.6 Medical Emergency
In case of medical emergency, inform the nearest hospital regarding the case as soon as the medical emergency is identified;
Do not move the person until absolutely necessary; Provide the following information:
1. Nature of medical emergency, 2. Location of the emergency (address, building, room number), and 3. Your name and phone number from which you are calling.
After prescription from the doctor, take the affected person to the nearest hospital for doctor prescription; and
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
94
When the person is under doctor’s supervision, undertake the required steps to comply with the local regulatory requirements.
9.3.7 Natural Calamities
Flooding at Site
- Inform the local authority and emergency services etc.; - If casualty is there, provide first aid and shift the victim to hospital, if
required; - Seek for external help from local authority, fire brigade etc. if required; - Inform to mechanical department and pump operator (Make all the
dewatering pumps working); - Inform the electrical department to switch off H.T. line, if water level
increases rapidly; - Arrange for passenger vehicles and start evacuation. If vehicles cannot
be operated, start evacuation by walking or running;
- If possible, crane and other equipment’s may be shifted / marched in a safe place; and
- Always get updated about the weather forecast from weather authority before planning any activity.
Other Events (such as Landslides, Earthquakes etc.)
- Inform the local authority, emergency services etc.;
- If casualty is there, provide first aid and shift the victim to hospital, if required;
- Seek for external help from local police, fire brigade etc. if required; - Inform the electrical department to switch off H.T. line, if water level
increases rapidly; - Arrange for vehicles and start evacuation. If vehicles cannot be
operated, start evacuation by walking or running;
- If possible, crane and other equipment’s may be shifted / marched in a safe place; and
- Always get updated about the weather forecast from weather authority before planning any activity.
9.4 ACTION ON-SITE
The action at the site depends upon the type of emergency situation so that appropriate action and decision is taken on the spot accordingly. The primary objective of plan is being to control and contain the incident so as to prevent it from spreading and causing extensive damage.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
95
Shift-in-Charge
The shift-in charge that hears the siren/ public address system will immediately take charge of the situation and proceed to evacuate as per the applicable emergency. Act as the Site HSE officer till other key persons arrive; Inform the security and wind farm site head to alert the employees within
the wind farm site; Direct and coordinate fire-fighting operations after ascertaining the wind
direction from the wind sock; Instruct for application of emergency shutdown procedures, if so required;
and On arrival of the key personnel, brief them regarding the action taken in
tackling the exigency. The above actions would not take more than 5 to 7 minutes. Security
On receipt of the information about emergency, rush to the emergency site with all available persons and emergency equipment Substation site Control
On receipt of the information of the emergency, inform all key persons about the incident (at office or residence) and under the instructions from WMC, fire engines from nearby fire station will be requisitioned. At All Gates
Restrict the entry to personnel connected with tackling emergency. Instruct head count of all persons going out of different gates. The mobilized wind farm site security would rush to the scene of emergency to help in cordoning off the area and handle the situation In addition to the above, WMC, IC and ReNew Power’s Site Incharge and all the key personnel will gather at the emergency control center. Based on the instructions given by the WMC, they will proceed to perform their respective duties.
9.5 POST EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES
The cessation of Emergency will be declared, only after ensuring that there is absolutely no threat either to personnel or property. The WMC will announce the end of emergency through siren/ public
address system; This will be followed by head count of all the individuals at the assembly
point.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
96
A committee will be constituted to investigate the cause of disaster, which will submit a detailed report of the findings.
Based on the findings and lessons learned during emergency, the on-site plan will be suitably modified to make it more effective.
Mock-drills will be carried out on the on-site plan to check its effectiveness and for identification of areas for improvement.
Regular training programs through audio-visual aides will be conducted to enhance the preparedness of all workers, specially the emergency combat personnel.
9.6 EMERGENCY PROCEDURE ORGANISATION
9.6.1 Emergency Control Centre
For the purpose of handling any emergency, EHS Department and Security main gate will be the Emergency Control Centre (ECC). All communications in case of any emergency will be through ECC. The Emergency Control Centre (ECC) will contain:-
A copy of the On-Site Emergency Plan (OEP) (Most Recent and Updated);
List of important telephone numbers such as Police, Fire Brigade, Hospitals;
Neighboring Factories and On-Site Emergency Plan (OEP) Team Members;
Address and Telephone Numbers of the Directorate Industrial Safety and Health (DISH), Concerned State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), State Electricity Board (SEB Office), Electrical Inspector, Controller of Explosives (CoE) and Municipal Corporation;
Dedicated internal telephone (Intercom);
Portable Personal Addressable (P.A.) Systems, Manual Siren, Torches, Nylon Ropes, First Aid Box, Plastic Chains / tape for Barricading etc.;
Note Pads, Pens, and Pencils to record messages received and any instructions for delivery by runners;
Premises layout indicating storage of any hazardous materials.
9.6.2 Key Person & Responsibilities
In case of an emergency, the Works Main Controller (WMC) and will be the designated key person and overall incharge for handling the emergency situation. WMC will be assisted by a designated Incident Controller (IC), and Alternate Officer (AO) along with other key coordinators from Safety, Utility, Technical, Maintenance, and Medical etc. WMC will deal directly with control measures; while IC and AO will initiate the Emergency Procedures, provide backup and ensure continuity of operations. The duties and responsibilities of the first three officers (i.e., WMC, IC & AO) are interchangeable depending upon the availability at the scene of disaster. Current procedure provides for a system where at least one person
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
97
with authority is always available to direct the operations. The key coordinators will take charge of specific duties assigned to them.
Figure 9.1 Emergency Response Organisation Chart
9.6.3 Emergency Preparedness
In addition to planning and delegating responsibilities to the identified key persons, the unit must also be adequately equipped in terms of safety equipment and facilities in order to be completely prepared for combating emergencies. Therefore, essential safety devices after selection of manufacture type must be incorporated in the wind farm design. The suitability and reliability of equipment/ instruments is to be ensured. Human and material resources like firefighting facilities, protective equipment, and health services are part and parcel of safety measures. Casualties in a number of on-site accidents in such installations could easily be minimized/avoided, if resources for the safety measures are judiciously selected and properly maintained. The following discussion relates to the emergency preparedness facilities proposed to be available in the wind farm site that can be utilized during an emergency. Fire Fighting
The firefighting system will adhere to relevant standards such as National Building Code of India (NBC), Indian Standard Code for Fire Protection (IS Codes) and as per requirement of fire officer/local fire approving authorities
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
98
The fire resistance rated materials like concrete, vermiculite etc to be used as per IS-15103:2002. The electrical installations from fire safety point of view will comply with IS-1646:1997. Codes of practice will be followed for Installation and maintenance of internal fire hydrants and hose reels. IS-2190:1992 will be followed for selection, operation and maintenance of fire extinguishers. Portable Fire Extinguishers
Different types of Portable Fire Extinguishers have been considered at site as per details given below: Dry Chemical Powder type:
DCP type extinguishers are provided in Paint shop, Paint kitchen and paint storage room as per requirement. CO2 Type Fire extinguishers:
CO2 type extinguishers are provided in AHU room, Electrical panel rooms, Compressor room, chiller room, Maintenance area, Consumable storage and substation as per requirement. ABC Type extinguishers:
ABC Type extinguishers are provided in office areas. Foam Type extinguishers:
Foam type extinguishers are provided in DG yard, Fire pump room as per requirement. Fire sand buckets:
Fire sand buckets are provided in substation. PA system – Emergency announcement
In case of fire, a signal from fire alarm panel will initiate announcement of pre-recorded message in all the groups/zones. This has the highest priority.
To avoid panic in the entire building, manual announcements will be made to be restricted to the affected areas through the PA system.
Personal Protective Equipment
Provision of Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) to the team members is an essential prerequisite for any emergency combat and rescue operation to be effective. The PPEs not only provide physical protection but also boosts the much-required confidence in the members of emergency squads. In view of the above, it is recommended that Renew Power would provide the relevant
PPEs out of the following for the safety of its employees in Table 9.2.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
99
Table 9.2 List of Personal Protective Equipment
SN. Item 1 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 2 Helmets 3 Gloves 4 Goggles 5 Ear Muffs 6 Boots 7 Fire Proximity Suits 8 Face Masks for Paint booth personnel 9 Fire Escape Masks 10 Water Gel Blanket 11 Flood Lights 12 Flame Lights 13 Explosimeter
Security
ReNew Power will hire professional services of reputed security agency. The agency would supply supplies trained security personnel. The security staff deployed at project sites will comprise of one Chief Security Officer (preferably permanent) and guards. Adequate number of security officers/guards would be present during the night hours. Communication
Effective communication is a key to prompt response. As the time factor is very crucial in all the emergency management aspects, communication facilities play an important role in notification, coordination and even for calling external help. Each site will make adequate communication arrangements as given below:
External telephones. Fax. Internal telephones in all sections. Public Address System. Walkie-talkies. Siren
First Aid Centre
There would be provision of center situated in the each site premise to look after the health needs of employees and workers. It will cater to routine staff with all necessary equipment and instruments
to provide expert first Aid and resuscitation to the patients in case of emergencies;
The center will functions round the clock manned by medical attendants one in each shift;
The centre will assist in carrying out occupational health and hygiene surveillance in the sites in association with the safety department.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
100
Training
Training forms an important component of emergency management. This aspect is fully understood by ReNew Power, which is reflected from the fact that the company has strong commitment towards health & safety and inception training is provided to all its employees. In addition to the above, workers will also be trained in fire-fighting and safety aspects through demonstration exercises and mock-drills. Emergency Control Center
It is necessary that the emergency is controlled from one specific point so that all the inputs are available at the Emergency Control Center (ECC). Office of the Site Incharge will be designated as the ECC. The alternate control room would be security office at the main gate & 2nd alternate is HR office. At all these places a list of emergency telephone numbers, communication facilities & necessary documents for emergency management will be made available.
9.6.4 Emergency Management Procedure
It has been observed that pre-planned and practiced procedures for management of emergency substantially reduce the damage potential of an accident. For any industry handling hazardous substances, it is therefore necessary to have clear-cut procedures for different functions of emergency planning and management. Following paragraphs discuss various such procedures which are easy to implement and effective in combating emergencies. Initial Notification of an Accident
All employees of site would be authorized to report the emergency, if the incident is of a serious nature. The security in-charge of the shift will switch on the public address system to make known to everyone that there is an emergency. In the event to power failure, manually operated gong will be sounded continuously but with frequent breaks in the between. Alarm signaling will be three interrupted whistles each of 15 seconds duration. While giving the message on the intercom to the security officer, the person will: Identify one. State briefly the type of emergency i.e. whether fire, explosion, etc. Give the location of the incident. Estimate the severity of the incident, return to the area of occurrence and
await instructions from the shift supervisor. Standby to render all possible assistance.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
101
Emergency Declaring Procedure
WMC is the authorized executive to declare emergency. The Security Inspector or Officer would immediately inform the WMC over phone or in person in case of major fire/likely emergencies. IC or Security officer will co-ordinate for assessing the emergency situation. In the absence of the above officers, the Security Inspector and the shift supervisor will be in-charge until taken over by the concerned officer. Emergency Shut-Down
Emergency occurs due to major fire in oil/chemical/gas storages or due to electrical faults. IC will assess the areas, which are affected by the emergency including the adjacent sections and areas affected due to the accident. In the absence of the above officer, the second in command will take in-charge till the situation is taken over by the above officers. On arrival at the incident site, the officer will: Immediately suspend the production at all the areas affected by
emergency. If necessary, complete operation of the section would be suspended in view of safety of the personnel and equipment;
Take necessary precaution of isolating the affected area and separating the same from power supply and other hazardous materials such as fuel supply, if any;
Instruct all the workers to go to the designated assembly point and await further instructions from the evacuation coordinator; and
Instruct all the members of rescue and combat teams to proceed to the incident site and commence emergency operations.
Initial Response
In general, the key personnel will ensure that all measures pertaining to their area of responsibility are taken with a view to controlling the emergency. Immediate measures to be taken to stop the spreading of fire are:
1. Substation shut down; 2. Closing of valves. 3. Switching off the equipment; 4. Venting; and 5. Trying to extinguish the fire with the help of portable extinguishers
provided in the section. Equipment Deployment
Necessary fire-fighting equipment and all other equipment required for handling emergencies will be kept in a good working condition and be made available to the affected section(s) during the emergency.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
102
Law & Order
Manager- Administration will inform the nearest Police Station, to exert control over law and order. Employees in the Unaffected Areas
They would remain at their work spot, unless instructed otherwise. If the shift-in-charge requests to tackle the emergency, they would cooperate; and
Employees will attend to their work as assigned by the shift-in-charge. Accounting of Personnel
In an emergency, the Supervisor would make sure that none of the personnel are trapped in the substation;
The section Supervisor would carry out accounting of all personnel of the section. Evacuation coordinator would recheck this at the assembly point;
Rescue team would conduct a survey of the area and locate the personnel, if any in the affected area; and
The hurt/trapped personnel would be safely rescued under the guidance of the medical attendant and immediately moved to the nearest hospital for attention. Others could be moved to temporary shelters if so required till the emergency is over.
Evacuation
The workers to reach the assembly point will use exits provided at each section. Under instructions from the WMC, the evacuation coordinator will contact transport coordinator for vehicles and then proceed for carrying out evacuation operations of the workers to rehabilitation centers. Rehabilitation
At the time of an emergency, wind farm personnel could need to be evacuated and put in safe places for a short period till the emergency is over. Such places are termed as temporary shelters and comprise educational institutions and other public places. The evacuation coordinator will identify such places and their list maintained at ECC. Information to the Relatives of Affected People
Based on the feedback received from the medical coordinator, communications officer would inform the relatives of the injured persons. No person other than the above officials will be authorized to give information to anybody. For this it is proposed to maintain a list of residential address and telephone numbers of all the employees.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
103
Termination of Emergency
When the emergency is under control ‘All Clear Signal’ is to be sounded. This signal will be two long whistles each of 30 seconds duration. The following officials would be intimated related to details of the start and termination of the emergency: Collector and District Magistrate of the area. Superintendent of Police of the area. Inspector of factories. On Sundays, Holidays & After Working Hours
The Duty Officer will, Communicate to all concerned as per Emergency Communication The staff on duty try to extinguish fire/ take other emergency with the
available resources The concerned person(s) will reach at site as soon as possible and take
further actions as described in the “On Site Emergency Plan”.
9.7 SAMPLE ANNEXURES – EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
In general, the emergency plan of each site should also be capturing the following annexures.
Table 9.3 List of Annexures
S. No. Annexure Title
1 Annexure I List of key persons during emergency
2 Annexure II List of key contacts: internal corporate 3 Annexure III List of authorities: external 4 Annexure IV Emergency line of communication 5 Annexure V List of chemicals / material safety data sheets 6 Annexure VI Spill kits locations 7. Annexure VII List of firefighting equipment 8. Annexure
VIIII List of first-aid boxes
9. Annexure IX List of assembly points 10. Annexure X List of first-aid trained personnel 11. Annexure XI Emergency drill form 12. Annexure XII Training records
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
104
ANNEXURE: I : LIST OF KEY PERSONS DURING EMERGENCY Last updated on: :
Sr.no Designation Name Contact Details Signature
1 Works Main Controller
(WMC)
2 Incident
Controller (IC)
3 Alternate
Officer (AO)
4 Xx Team
Coordinator
5 XX Team
Coordinator
6 XX Support
Officer
7 XX Support
Officer
ANNEXURE: II : LIST OF KEY CONTACTS: INTERNAL CORPORATE Last updated on: Sr.no Name Contact Details
1 2 3 4 5
6
7
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
105
ANNEXURE: III : LIST OF AUTHORITIES: EXTERNAL Last updated on: Sr.no Name Contact Details
1 2 3 4 5
6
7 ANNEXURE: IV : EMERGENCY LINE OF COMMUNICATION
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
106
ANNEXURE: V : LIST OF CHEMICALS / MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS Sr.no Name of
chemical Name Of
Mfg. Mfg. Contact no. MSDS Sheet
(Attach) 1 2 3 4 5
6
7 ANNEXURE: VI : SPILL KITS LOCATIONS Sr.no Spill Kit
Number Location of Spill Kit.
Person Incharge Last Inspection Date/Inspection
Due Date 1 2 3 4 5
List of Spill Kit Contents: 1. 2. 3.
ANNEXURE VII LIST OF FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT’S Sr. No. Location Type Capacity
Last Inspection Date/Inspection
Due Date 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
107
ANNEXURE VIII LIST OF FIRST-AID BOXES Sr. No. Location of
First Aid Box
Name of Person Incharge
Contact Details of Person Incharge
Inspection Date
1 2 3 4 5 6
FIRST AID BOX CONTENTS: (Specify contents as indicated under Concerned State Factories Rules): 1. 2. 3. 4. ANNEXURE IX: LIST OF ASSEMBLY POINTS
Sr. No. Assembly Point
Number Location of Assembly Point
1 2 3 4
ANNEXURE X: LIST OF FIRST-AID TRAINED PERSONNEL’S
Sr. No. Name Department Contact
1 2 3 4 5 6
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
108
7 ANNEXURE: XI: EMERGENCY DRILL FORM Division :
Date & time:
Evacuation time:
Mock drill situation:
Mock drill observations: Any actions required to be taken in the emergency preparedness plan: yes/ no
If yes mention the details of action:
Actions planned Responsibility &
target Status
Preventive action planned:
Remarks:
Prepared by: Approved by:
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
109
ANNEXURE: XII: TRAINING RECORDS Division :
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
110
10 MONITORING
Inspection: The purpose of an inspection is to identify conditions and hazards in the workplace that can lead to an incident and identify positive conditions, behaviours, and observations. Audits: The purpose of an audit is to evaluate the implementation of systems and processes within this manual against a defined standard.
10.1 INSPECTION
As defined above inspection is to identify conditions and hazards in the workplace and can be conducted by the following:
a) Informal Inspection and b) Formal Inspection
10.1.1 Informal Inspection
Informal inspections include the daily visual inspection of workplace conditions. These inspections are conducted by all employees as a part of their regular work tasks.
10.1.2 Formal Inspection/ Monitoring
Formal inspections are documented visual tours of the work place, used to identify hazards and hazardous conditions. Formal project inspections will be conducted weekly by the Project Controller, and the Project HSE supervisor. All noted deficiencies are to be signed off on the HSE Inspection Checklist as prepared in the aforementioned plan. Refer HSE SOP 013 for more details on medical surveillance
10.1.3 Hazard Classification for Inspection
When a non-conformance item has been identified (during an inspection), a hazard classification is assigned. The hazard classification rating system contains the following: Class A Hazard – A condition or practice likely to cause permanent
disability, loss of life or body part, or extensive loss of structure, equipment or material, or significant negative environmental impact that has the potential to be reported to authorities.
Class B Hazard – A condition or practice likely to cause serious injury or illness resulting in temporary disability or property damage that is disruptive but not extensive.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
111
Class C Hazard – A condition or practice likely to cause minor (non-disabling) injury or illness, or no disruptive property damage.
10.2 AUDITS
Audits are much more detailed than inspections and focus on the overall implementation of the HSE Plan. This includes such items as communication, administration, documentation, HSE related education, training, practices, and procedures. When supported within a framework of frequency statistical analysis and HSE inspections, this system is very efficient and effective in terms of HSE performance measurement. Audit findings will indicate areas that are good and areas that may need some improvement. Action plans are developed with responsibilities delegated and time lines designated for items of improvement. Follow up is conducted to ensure that the improvement item action plans have been conducted. Refer Annexure K & L of ESMS manual for HSE Audit. The same is appended below in the HSE plan as well.
10.3 KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS – HEALTH AND SAFETY
Businesses use key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure progress toward specific health and safety goals or simply to monitor trends associated with corporate and facility activities or special projects. KPIs are used as a means to collect data and communicate trends, which can then be used to indicate where further improvements and resources are required. KPIs that represent what has already happened are referred to as “Lagging indicators.” Lagging indicators are commonly used in company communications to provide an overview of performance, such as the tracking of injury statistics, exposure incidents, and regulatory fines. “Leading indicators” are more predictive of future performance results. They are viewed as proactive measurements. ReNew Power has selected the following HSE KPIs for their operations:
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
112
Table 10.1 KPIs for ReNew Power
S.No. Subject Definition Target Leading Indicators 1
HSE training man-hours
HSE Training Man-hours = No. of employees trained X No. of training hours
2 HSE audit / inspection
No. of HSE audit / inspections findings which are recorded Cumulative closure of findings
Lagging Indicators 3 ISR Injury Severity Rate = (No of Lost days X 1,000,000 )
/ Total Man hours worked
4 IFR Injury Frequency Rate = (No. of LTI X 1, 000,000 ) / Total Man hours worked
5
Bird pyramid
No. of near missNo. of first aid casesNo. of medical treatment casesNo. of LTI < 24 hrs.No. of LTI > 24 hrs.Fatality
Each ReNew Power site needs to maintain the records, compile the data and submit periodically (monthly) to Corporate. A generic template for recording KPI pertaining to HSE from project site has been provided for as part of HSE SOP 018.
RENEW POWER VENTURES PRIVATE LIMITED, HSE PLAN OCTOBER 2016
113
11 CORRECTIVE ACTION AND PREVENTIVE ACTION PLAN
Corrective action and preventive action (CAPA, also called corrective action / preventive action) are improvements to an organization's processes taken to eliminate causes of non-conformities or other undesirable situations. The audit corrective action plan and preventive action plan will be developed once an audit is undertaken.
11.1 PREVENTIVE ACTION PLAN
Preventive actions are steps that are taken to remove the causes of potential nonconformities or potential situations that are undesirable. Preventive action is like Failure Mode Effect Analysis (FMEA) or risk management, where the non-conformity or undesirable situations have not actually occurred till now. We need to anticipate the risks or un-desirable situation that may occur and then think of actions that shall eliminate the cause of non-conformity. Preventive Action has to be identified protectively, against the potential non-conformities, risks, defects or non-compliances.
11.2 CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN
Corrective actions are steps that are taken to remove the causes of an existing nonconformity or undesirable situation. Corrective action will target the root cause so that the non-conformity or undesirable situations do not re-occur. Corrective Action can be considered as a ‘Problem Solving’.
No. HSE SOP 001
Permit to Work Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
The Permit to work system aims to ensure proper consideration is given to the risks of a particular task. The permit is a written document which authorises certain people to carry out specific work, at certain times and dates. The permit sets out the main precautions required to complete the job safely.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all departments which undertake non-routine work such as maintenance, etc. This will be applied to the following: 1. Work at Height 2. Electrical maintenance; 3. Hot Work; and 4. Confined Space.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made thereunder; and Building and Other Construction Workers Act.
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
No. HSE SOP 001
Permit to Work Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Supervisor To fill the work permit before starting of the work. Supervise the safety requirements at the location where work is to be
conducted. Inform the safety officer before and after the work to be conducted. Close the permit after the work and submit one copy to the safety
officer. 2. Area Manager
Ensure that work permit is filled correctly. Check the location if all the safety parameters are as per the permit
(PPE, fire extinguisher, etc). Assess the area after the work is completed to identify any residual
hazard. Close the permit and keep one copy of the permit as a record.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
A permit to work can be used over a series of dates and times providing the permit is for the same location and work activity, dates and times of work must be listed on the permit.
A permit states; 1. The exact identity, nature and extent of the job and the hazards
involved. It also outlines any limitations on the extent of the work and the time during which the job may be carried out.
2. Specifies the precautions which need to be taken, including safe isolation from potential risks such as electricity and hazardous substances.
3. Provides a system of continuous control and a record showing the nature of the work. Provides a process for times when work has to be suspended.
4. Provides for cross-referencing of permits for work activities that may interact or affect one another.
Provides a formal handover process for use when the permit is issued for a period longer than one shift; and provides a formal hand back procedure
No. HSE SOP 001
Permit to Work Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
to ensure that part of the plant affected by the work is in a safe condition and ready for reinstatement.
Responsibilities of Supervisor or Authorised person issuing a Permit to Work: 1. Ensure all hazards associated with the proposed job have been
identified, assessed and controlled. 2. Be familiar with the intended task(s) 3. Ensure that the area and equipment are made safe before hand over. 4. Outline how the work is to be undertaken (e.g. procedures,
precautions, equipment, location, start time, duration) - verbally and where necessary in writing.
5. Ensure that permits are cross referenced with other permits (e.g. confined space entry permit and hot work permit in confined spaces)
6. Records of work permits shall be kept onsite within easy access along with other WHS documentation e.g. Risk Assessments & SWMS
7. Ensure the permit is granted before work commences. 8. Ensure that the person(s) doing the work are appropriately qualified to
do the work. 9. Ensure appropriate persons are informed when a job is completed or
suspended and that the permit is cancelled. Responsibilities of Permit Holder
1. Satisfy that they understand the requirements of the permit. 2. Are skilled, qualified trained and competent to perform the work,
including the use of any personnel protective equipment or rescue equipment.
3. Adhere to the Permit to Work requirements. 4. Ensure the job is performed in a safe manner by identifying hazards
and have the necessary controls in place. 5. Make the work area safe, including equipment and seek immediate
advice if in doubt or if circumstances or conditions change. 6. Ensure that all tags and signs are prominently displayed so that
personnel are aware that the equipment etc. is isolated / not to be operated.
Display of sign: Permits are to be onsite and available for inspection whilst work is being undertaken.
Recordkeeping: All permits should be kept in the file as per the documentation policy of ReNew.
No. HSE SOP 001
Permit to Work Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6.2 Inspection
Not applicable
1.6.3 Regulatory Inspection and certification
Not Applicable
1.6.4 Trainings
For employees who are required to undertake hot work, should be periodically trained. The training should include: 1. How to fill work permit document; 2. When to use these documents; and 3. Roles and responsibilities.
Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit to work
No. HSE SOP 002
Work At Height Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
Working at height remains one of the biggest causes of fatalities and major injuries. Thus it becomes important to apply safe operating procedures while working at height. Work at height means work in any place where, if there were no precautions in place, a person could fall a distance liable to cause personal injury. At ReNew working at or more than 1.8 m is considered to be work at height.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all work or departments working at height.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948, as amended; Building and Other Construction Workers Act
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 Prevention of Falls in General Construction Compliance Code; Edition 1:
September 2008
1.4 DEFINITION
Work at height: Work at height means work in any place where, if there were no precautions in place, a person could fall a distance liable to cause
No. HSE SOP 002
Work At Height Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
personal injury. At ReNew working at or more than 1.8 m is considered to be work at height.
Personnel Protective Equipments (PPEs): refers to protective clothing, helmets, goggles, or other garments or equipment designed to protect the wearer's body from injury or infection. The hazards addressed by protective equipment include physical, electrical, heat, chemicals, biohazards, and airborne particulate matter.
Barricading: block or defend with a barricade. Risk Assessment: a systematic process of evaluating the potential risks
that may be involved in a projected activity or undertaking.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Area Manager Undertake risk assessment for the work at height in their department. Ensure that hierarchy of control has been implemented. Ensure that all adequate PPEs are worn by the worker working at
height. Fill the work at height permit. Inform the worker regarding the hazards associated with the work. Conduct tool box talk.
2. Supervisors: Who verify the safe work, know the hazards, provide training, and ensure acceptable conditions are maintained.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
Risk Assessment: All work involving working at height greater than 1.8 m or above within the workplace should be assessed using HIRA or JSA. During the risk assessment process: 1. Identify hazards associated with working at height; 2. Identify the consequences and likelihood of the identified hazards; 3. Calculate the risk associated with the activity without the controls; 4. Identify the controls required to prevent any work at height incidents; 5. Implement the control at the work locations.
No. HSE SOP 002
Work At Height Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Permit to Work System 1. Trigger work at height permit for the activity; 2. Area manager will be responsible for issuing the work at height permit
and ensuring that all the safe practices are adopted while conducting the work;
3. The permit should be reviewed and signed by the area manager. 4. Original copy must be retained by the working group (contractor/
employee) and a copy to be maintained by the workplace area manager; 5. The original should be returned to the workplace area manager after
completion of the work; 6. The work area and original copy of the permit is then reviewed and the
original filed by the workplace area manager. Control at work at height: 1. Avoid work at height where it's reasonably practicable 2. Where work at height cannot be easily avoided, prevent falls using either
an existing place of work that is already safe or the right type of equipment;
3. Minimise the distance and consequences of a fall, by using the right type of equipment where the risk cannot be eliminated
4. Must make sure work is properly planned, supervised and carried out by competent people with the skills, knowledge and experience to do the job. Must use the right type of equipment for working at height;
5. Barricade the area where work at height is undertaken; 6. Guard every floor hole into which a worker can accidentally walk (using a
railing and toe-board or a floor hole cover). 7. Provide a guard rail and toe-board around every elevated open sided
platform, floor or runway. 8. Regardless of height, if a worker can fall into or onto dangerous machines
or equipment (such as a vat of acid or a conveyor belt) employers must provide guardrails and toe-boards to prevent workers from falling and getting injured.
9. Other means of fall protection that may be required on certain jobs include safety harness and line, safety nets, stair railings and hand rails.
10. Keep floors in work areas in a clean and, so far as possible, a dry condition.
11. Select and provide required personal protective equipment at no cost to workers.
12. Train workers about job hazards in a language that they can understand.
No. HSE SOP 002
Work At Height Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
13. For Mobile Elevated Working Platforms (MEWP), scaffold and ladder and lift and hoists refer the H&S plan operational controls.
14. All the equipments (safety harness, scaffolds, etc) must be inspected in accordance with and be used in compliance with the relevant national and international requirements.
Effectiveness of controls should be undertaken by the work place area manager in consultation with the employees.
1.6.2 Inspection
1) All parts including working gear, whether fixed or movable of every lifting machine and every chain, rope or lifting tackle shall be – Of good construction, sound material and adequate strength and free from
defects; Properly maintained; and Thoroughly examined by a competent person at least once in every period
of twelve month or at such intervals as specified by the chief inspector. 2) Register shall be maintained containing the prescribed particulars of every such examinations. 3) All the equipments used to facilitate work at height should be periodically inspected and once before utilising for the work at height: S.No. Equipment/ tools Inspection frequency
Internal External 1 Full Body harness 1 month 1 year or as
otherwise stated by the State Factory’s Rules
2 Fall arrestor 1 month 3 Scaffolds 2 months 4 Ladders 2 weeks 5 Lifts 2 months 6 Hoists 2 months 7 MEWP 1 month 8 Chain pulleys 2 months 9 Life line 1 month
No. HSE SOP 002
Work At Height Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6.3 Regulatory Inspection and certification
All parts including working gear, whether fixed or movable of every lifting machine and every chain, rope or lifting tackle shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person at least once in every period of twelve month or at such intervals as specified by the chief inspector.
Register shall be maintained containing the prescribed particulars of every such examinations.
1.6.4 Trainings
For employees who are required to work at height, should be periodically trained. The training should include: 1. Competency training to use equipments such as fall arrest, anchor points,
etc; 2. The prevention of falls through safe system of work; 3. Reporting system related to hazards, near misses and other incidents; 4. The proper use and care and fitting of personal protective equipments; 5. The proper use and care and fitting of tools and equipments to be used; 6. Emergency response procedures; and 7. Technical expertise of work to be undertaken at the height.
Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit to work – work at height Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 003
Electrical Safety and LOTO Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
To provide a safe working environment for all personnel and all contractors engaged. Equally, all personnel and contractors are obliged by law to conduct themselves and their work in a safe manner. The purpose of this procedure is to inform all levels of management and all individuals of their obligation to – Comply with the law and the particular requirements covering electrical
safety; and Enable them to actively assist in achieving electrical safety at the site.
The requirements detailed in this Procedure apply to all persons (staff, contractors, students, visitors) who carry out electrical activities.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all people undertaking electrical work or around electrical equipments.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010 (CEA Regulations);
Factories Act, 1948, as amended; Building and Other Construction Workers Act
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 World Bank Group EHS Guidelines for Electric Transmission and
Distribution System OHSAS 18001 Standard
No. HSE SOP 003
Electrical Safety and LOTO Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.3.3 Reference documents
Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 Prevention of Falls in General Construction Compliance Code; Edition 1:
September 2008
1.4 DEFINITION
Electricity: Form of energy resulting from the existence of charged particles (such as electrons or protons), either statically as an accumulation of charge or dynamically as a current.
LOTO: Lock out and Tag out- A mechanism where a safety procedure that ensures that dangerous machines and energy sources are properly shut off and not unexpectedly started up before the completion of maintenance or servicing work. The energy is locked using a switching off the instrument with the provision of lock, so as no other member can open the energy source. Tag is provided to warn the other person and inform about who put the lock on the specific energy source.
Circuit Breakers: an automatic device for stopping the flow of current in an electric circuit as a safety measure.
GFCI: A ground-fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) is the only protection device designed to protect people against electric shock from an electrical system.
Potable electrical equipments: A portable electrical appliance is any item of equipment with a lead and a plug and which is normally moved around or can be moved and is connected to the mains supply by a standard 3 pin plugs.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
Area Managers: Incharge of the area where the activity is triggered and the person who issues the permit for electrical maintenance;
Authorised electrical person: Person (s) trained and authorised to work on electrical apparatus as per Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010
No. HSE SOP 003
Electrical Safety and LOTO Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
Equipment Design Approval and Installation 1. All equipment should be certified or approved by competent authorities. 2. Maintenance must be done by trained and knowledgeable personnel. If the
equipment is a plug-in item, it should be plug out and then serviced. If the electrical appliance is permanent installation, then it should be isolated, lock-out and Tag-out (LOTO) applied.
3. Make sure all electrical item and their bodies are properly earthed or grounded.
4. Provide circuit breakers for electrical installation. 5. The original filed by the workplace area manager. Safe Practices 1. Only designated person will operate or carry out the work on electrical
lines or apparatus; 2. Read all the manual, instructions and labels as provided by the
manufactures. 3. Assess operation for electrical hazards 4. Do not by pass any safety features such as circuit breakers, insulation
mats, etc. 5. Do Not overload outlets; 6. Maintain some clearance (approximately 3 feet) in front of electrical
breaker boxes, emergency shut-offs, and electrical throw switches at all times to facilitate access.
7. Be aware of overhead power lines and other conductors when working on or operating tall equipments.
8. If there is spark, smoke, or odor coming from outlet, plug, or tool/ equipment, unplug the cord and call for electrician immediately.
9. Try to use permanent installed outlet tools as much as possible. Re-locatable power taps must only be used for low power applications.
Outlet and fuses 1. Electrical outlets that are outdoors or near sink or water sources must be
equipped with a ground fault circuit interrupter. 2. Use properly rated fuses.
No. HSE SOP 003
Electrical Safety and LOTO Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Extension cords/ Portable Equipments 1. Select proper rated and of adequate length extension cords/ portable
equipments. 2. Always use three wires extension cords for tools with 3 prong plugs.
Never remove the ground prongs. 3. Inspect the cord/ equipments before use and replace the damage cords. 4. When using for outdoors installation, use with GFCI. 5. DO NOT USE multiple extension cords in series. 6. All the portable equipments should be earthed while in use. Permit to Work System 1. Trigger LOTO where electrical maintenance activity is triggered; 2. Area manager will be responsible for issuing the LOTO permit and
ensuring that all the safe practices are adopted while conducting the work; 3. The permit should be reviewed and signed by the area manager. 4. Original copy must be retained by the working group (contractor/
employee) and a copy to be maintained by the workplace area manager; 5. The original should be returned to the workplace area manager after
completion of the work; 6. The work area and original copy of the permit is then reviewed and the
original filed by the workplace area manager.
1.6.2 Inspection
1) All electrical tools and equipments should be periodically inspected: Of any defects and lose wirings; Properly maintained; and Thoroughly examined by a competent person at least once in every period
of twelve month or at such intervals as specified by the chief inspector. 2) Earth connection should be inspected periodically by a trained person. 3) All the equipments used to facilitate work at height should be periodically inspected and once before utilising for the work at height:
No. HSE SOP 003
Electrical Safety and LOTO Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6.3 Regulatory Inspection and certification
All parts including working gear, whether fixed or movable of every lifting machine and every chain, rope or lifting tackle shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person at least once in every period of twelve month or at such intervals as specified by the chief inspector.
Register shall be maintained containing the prescribed particulars of every such examinations.
1.6.4 Trainings
For employees who are required to work at height, should be periodically trained. The training should include: 1. Competency training to use equipments such as fall arrest, anchor points,
etc; 2. The prevention of falls through safe system of work; 3. Reporting system related to hazards, near misses and other incidents; 4. The proper use and care and fitting of personal protective equipments; 5. The proper use and care and fitting of tools and equipments to be used; 6. Emergency response procedures; and 7. Technical expertise of work to be undertaken at the height.
Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit to work Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 004
Confined Space Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
Confined space presents serious potential hazards. Mitigating the hazards and associated injuries requires a well- defined and managed process that focus on the elimination of oxygen deficient atmosphere, chemical and physical hazards. Ineffective implementations can results into significant incident including fatality.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to people working in the confined space.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made thereunder; and Building and Other Construction Workers Act.
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
Confined Space: A confined space also has limited or restricted means for entry or exit and is not designed for continuous occupancy. Confined spaces include, but are not limited to, tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers, vaults, pits, manholes, tunnels, equipment housings, ductwork, pipelines, etc
No. HSE SOP 004
Confined Space Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Barricading: block or defend with a barricade. Risk Assessment: a systematic process of evaluating the potential risks
that may be involved in a projected activity or undertaking. Monitoring: observe and check the progress or quality of (something) over
a period of time; keep under systematic review.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Entrant: The person entering the confined space and undertaking the activity.
2. Attendant: The attendant, arguably has the most amount of responsibility on the confined space team, as they have the highest number of duties such as communicate to the entrant during the entire activity, remain vigilant, monitor and evacuate entrant, summon rescue, warn away unauthorised person, know the hazards and its behavioural affects.
3. Supervisors: Who verify the safe entry, know the hazards, provide training to entrant and attendants, and ensure acceptable entry conditions are maintained.
4. Area Managers: Incharge of the area where the confined space activity is triggered and the person who issues the permit to department/ entrant and attendant.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
1. Identify and update the list of confined spaces within the facility. 2. Label these confined spaces conspicuously. 3. Isolation of the hazardous material or energy if any. 4. Barricading and labelling of the area (approximately 1 meter diameter) as
“confined space- work at progress”. 5. Provide adequate periodic breaks during the work. 6. The use of mobile telephones is forbidden in the confined space. 7. When natural lights are not sufficient additional lighting should be
provided. It must not exceed 12 V in damp conditions and will be equipped with GFCI and must be explosion proof.
8. In case of emergency the entrant will be evacuated immediately with the help of attendant and supervisors.
No. HSE SOP 004
Confined Space Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Try not to enter but pull out the entrant from outside. In case it is required to enter the confined space for rescue, ONLY TRAINED personnel with adequate safety arrangements (respirator, etc) should enter and undertake rescue operations.
The rescue service must close off the area, get authorized entrants out of the space and perform first aid when needed.
It is best to use a retrieval system to bring the employee out of the space. Never enter the space without proper training and unless it is necessary.
Authorized entrants should wear harnesses connected to the retrieval line. The retrieval equipment must be in place before employees enter the permit space.
Risk Assessment:
Assess the confined space area identified for the activity. Identify all the hazards associated with the work. Conduct an external inspection of the work area in order to identify energies, risks and interferences.
Air Monitoring: Before commencing the work, all manholes (or confined space) will be opened for oxygen and LEL monitoring using calibrated meters. The atmospheric monitoring can be continuous or periodic subject to the type of confined space. 1. The oxygen content is within safe limits (not below 19.5 percent and
not above 23.5 percent). 2. A hazardous atmosphere (toxic gases, flammable atmosphere) is not
present. 3. Ventilation equipment is operating properly.
The results of the tests for these hazards are to be recorded on the Entry Permit along with the equipment or method(s) that were used in performing the tests. Air testing may need to be ongoing depending on the nature of the potential hazards and the nature of the work.
Permit to Work System 1. Trigger permit for the activity; 2. Area manager will be responsible for issuing the permit and ensuring that
all the safe practices are adopted while conducting the work;
No. HSE SOP 004
Confined Space Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
3. The permit should be reviewed and signed by the area manager. 4. Original copy must be retained by the working group (contractor/
employee) and a copy to be maintained by the workplace area manager; 5. The original should be returned to the workplace area manager after
completion of the work; 6. The work area and original copy of the permit is then reviewed and the
original filed by the workplace area manager.
1.6.2 Inspection
1. Conduct tools inspection such as ladder safety, lighting use, ventilation system, etc.
2. Ensure that all the workers and supervisors are wearing adequate PPEs during the work.
3. Meters used to inspect the area should be periodically calibrated and in working conditions.
1.6.3 Regulatory Inspection and certification
Dimensions of all the manholes of the confined spaces must be as per the State Factory Rules requirements.
1.6.4 Trainings
For employees who are required to undertake hot work, should be periodically trained. The training should include: 1. Competency training to use equipments such as LEL meters, etc; 2. Reporting system related to hazards, near misses and other incidents; 3. The proper use and care and fitting of personal protective equipments; 4. The proper use and care and fitting of tools and equipments to be used;
and 5. Emergency response procedures.
Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit to work Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 005
Night Work (Lone Worker) Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
The potential dangers associated with the workplace or operations are increased due to darkness or tiredness. To prevent any incident to occur from the scenarios during night time, safe working methodology needs to be adopted.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to people working during the night time or in dark spaces.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made thereunder; and
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
Night Work: Work to be undertaken between 7 pm to 6 am. Risk Assessment: a systematic process of evaluating the potential risks
that may be involved in a projected activity or undertaking. Monitoring: observe and check the progress or quality of (something) over
a period of time; keep under systematic review.
No. HSE SOP 005
Night Work (Lone Worker) Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Supervisors: Person who verify the safe work procedures. 2. Area Managers: Incharge of the area where the night work activity is
triggered and the person who permit the work.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
Undertake risk assessment of any work to be conducted in the night time, giving consideration to the following points; 1. Illumination of the works 2. Contact arrangements 3. Emergency procedures 4. Opening arrangements of suppliers 5. Waste disposal arrangements 6. Planning to ensure workers are not tired (Consider Working Time
Directive) 7. Provision of appropriate welfare facilities 8. Weather forecast.
Please note: For general work (such as security, night time supervision of the area), one time risk assessment is sufficient and the same risk assessment needs to be updated regularly as and when changes are made. Provide the callout arrangements for emergency works where specific
planning is not possible. These arrangements are provided to avoid using workers who may be tired or have any medical attention requirements.
Ensure night workers have the appropriate equipment such as lighting, communications systems and effective signing.
Never attempt dangerous works at night. If the operation is so hazardous as to be considered unsafe to be carried out at night, the road should be closed to traffic, the area made safe, and the work postponed until daylight hours.
Closed circuit televisions (CCTV) camera arrangements should be provided where necessary (especially to lone workers area) and access to the same should be to security who can supervise the work area at night as well.
No. HSE SOP 005
Night Work (Lone Worker) Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Ensure all the street lights and lights at any workplace are in working conditions. The light provision should be such that it is not low to obstruct the visibility or very high to prevent the visibility by increasing glare.
Women Safety Woman shall not be required or allowed to work in any factory except
between the hours 6 am and 7 pm in the states where these restrictions are implemented. However, State Governments (such as Maharashtra, Rajasthan, etc.) where, by notification in the Official Gazette vary the limits laid down can allow working in the night.
Register to be maintained for women working outside the day work; Women should be placed in group, wherever feasible, when employed
during the night time.
1.6.2 Trainings
For employees who are required to undertake work at night: 1. Emergency response procedures. 2. Training to use the safety devices and personal protective equipment
during the night time when alone.
Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 006
Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
This SOP incorporates the requirements for use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for project staff, contractors, and those under the project’s operational control.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all departments including contractors which work within the premises of the facility.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made thereunder; and Building and Other Construction Workers Act.
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Area Manager Issue the PPEs to the employers as per the site requirements; Maintain inventory of the PPEs
No. HSE SOP 006
Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Label the area with the requirements of PPEs 2. Regional EHS manager:
Undertake risk assessment for all the area and identify the types of PPEs require in each area;
Prepare labels for the area.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 General PPEs requirements
Based on the hazard assessment, the following types of personal protective equipment shall be used by employees: 1. Hearing Protection:
Shall be worn when noise exposure is 85dBA or above. Hearing protectors shall have noise reduction rating sufficient to reduce decibel levels to a minimum of 75dBA. In some instances, it may be necessary to wear double hearing protection to provide adequate protection.
2. Hard Hats Shall be worn when working in areas where there is any possible danger of head injury from impact due to falling or flung objects. Hardhat shall be ANSI standard Z89.1 for non‐electrical hazards and shall have a functioning chin strap.
3. Eye and face protection Suitable eye/face protectors shall be provided and worn by staff/others where machine or equipment operations present the hazard of flying objects, splashing liquids, glare, or a combination of these hazards. The protection shall be the type suitable for the task being done and be ANSI Z87.1 compliant. Face shields are not considered adequate eye protection and need to be worn with safety glasses or goggles.
4. Respiratory Protection Suitable protection shall be provided and worn to control exposure to harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smoke, spray, or vapors. Such respiration protection shall be suitable for the job and contaminant, and shall be NIOSH compliant. Training shall include fit testing, use and care.
5. Foot Protection Safety foot wear shall be worn whenever there is a potential for puncture, crushing, cutting or other foot injury. Sturdy leather/synthetic hiking boots with non‐slip soles appropriate for wet or slippery terrain is
No. HSE SOP 006
Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
required when hiking or working. When working in an industrial situation, safety boots may need to be ANSI Z41.1 compliant.
6. Hand Protection Suitable types of gloves (electrical, chemical, etc) should be worn depending on the types of activity.
Please note: Projects need to list their specific task and the appropriate PPE required for the task.
1.6.2 Inspection
1. Conduct visual inspection of all the PPEs for any damage before use; 2. Ensure that all the workers and supervisors are wearing adequate PPEs
during the work; 3. Ensure that people using PPEs are train to wear the PPEs.
1.6.3 Regulatory Certifications
Not Applicable
1.6.4 Trainings
For employees who are required to undertake hot work, should be periodically trained. The training should include: 1. Competency training to use equipments such as LEL meters, etc; 2. Reporting system related to hazards, near misses and other incidents; 3. The proper use and care and fitting of personal protective equipments; 4. The proper use and care and fitting of tools and equipments to be used;
and 5. Emergency response procedures.
Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 006
Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.8 ANNEXURE: PPE STANDARD
Table 1 PPEs Standard
Description PPEs Standard Head protection Helmet IS 2925
Eyes Goggles IS 2553 / ANSI Z87.1-2003 / IS
5983
Foot General (Steel toe) IS 5852
High Ankle IS 10665
Hand Gloves (Civil) IS 6994
Gloves (Electrical) IS 4770
Ear Ear plugs/ Ear muffs ANSI S3.19-1974
Respiratory Mask (Civil- dust) IS 9473
Mask (chemical) IS 8522
Body Lifeline IS 3521 Lanyard FBSH belt
No. HSE SOP 007
Contractor Safety Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
This SOP incorporates the requirements for contractors working at the site
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all departments including contractors which work within the premises of the facility.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made thereunder; and Building and Other Construction Workers Act.
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines DuPont Contractor Safety Management Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
Contractors: Independent entity that agrees to furnish certain number or quantity of goods, material, equipment, personnel, and/or services that meet or exceed stated requirements or specifications, at a mutually agreed upon price and within a specified timeframe to another independent entity called contractee, principal, or project owner.
Risk Assessment: a systematic process of evaluating the potential risks that may be involved in a projected activity or undertaking.
No. HSE SOP 007
Contractor Safety Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Monitoring: observe and check the progress or quality of (something) over a period of time; keep under systematic review.
Job Safety Analysis: A job safety analysis (JSA) is a procedure which helps integrate accepted safety and health principles and practices into a particular task or job operation.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Contractors: To follow the guidelines and instructions as under the contract with ReNew;
2. Purchase Department: Ensure that the service agreement/ purchase agreement reflects the health and safety requirements in the contract conditions; and
3. Area Manager: Ensure that as prescribed under the contract and as per the EHS requirement of ReNew, contractors follow the ReNew requirements.
1.6 PROCEDURE
Acceptance of contract 1. All bidders shall receive a copy of “Environment, Health and Safety
Guidelines for Contractors” prior to their engagement by the site. 2. On receipt of these documents, the bidder shall understand and accept the
requirements therein prior to the award of the contract. General Requirements 1. Describes general EHS Management requirements applicable at the site; 2. Defines site EHS Organizations and responsibilities (e.g. Company
Representative, Contractor Representative, etc); 3. Prescribes number of Safety Officers/Supervisors to be provided by
Contractors; 4. Describes process of authorized entry by contractors to the site (e.g. gate
pass system); 5. Prescribes Training requirements for Contractor Workers (e.g. Induction
training, tool-box meeting etc.); 6. Describes general EHS Guidelines applicable at the site (which include the
following :) Requirements of uniform for contractors, Contractors’ equipment, Permit to work system, Electrical safety,
No. HSE SOP 007
Contractor Safety Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Confined space, Working at height etc.
7. Describes process of Risk Assessment; 8. Specifies requirements of medical examination, emergency responses, first
aid and firefighting;
1.6.1 Inspection and Documents
1. Contractor should maintain following records till the end of contract duration at the job site: All incident and accidents investigation report; EHS meetings or toolbox meeting records or minutes; Lifting tools and tackles inspection records and testing certificates; Infringement Reports and traffic violations; Work Permits; Preliminary Risk Assessment/ Job Safety Analysis;
2. In case of any reportable incidents, occurred while being contracted by the Company, the Contractor shall cooperate with the Company in the legal/judicial proceedings
1.6.2 Regulatory Certifications
Contractor and all its employees (including sub-contractor) shall carry out the work in accordance with all applicable Indian EHS regulatory requirements while working for the site under contract.
Compliance to these guidelines does not exempt the Contractor from the legal obligations applicable to its scope of work. This document is meant to serve as a guidance manual for the Contractor to achieve good standards of EHS Management.
Except as otherwise provided herein the Contractor shall, at its sole expense, research, determine and obtain any required governmental permits, licenses, etc. required by national or local laws, rules, or regulations to perform the work for the site.
1.6.3 Trainings
All the Contractors MUST undergo EHS trainings as required by the site work. This includes but not limited to: Job specific hazard identification training;
No. HSE SOP 007
Contractor Safety Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Risk assessment training; Tool box talk; PPEs management and handling training; Emergency evacuation system.
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
Document No
Revision No
Effective From
Date of Approva
Page Number
6. INTERESTED PARTIES LINKED WITH THIS PROCESS:RCA Root Cause Analysis LTI Lost time injury 1. ContractorTPA Third Party Agency 2. VisitorsIncidentsAccidents, near misses, emergencies 3. Supplier4. KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 4. TPA
Units Resp Freq. Ref. Doc. 7. RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROCESS:
Hrs. Head HSE
Monthly Site report
1. Delay in communication of Incident
No. Head HSE
Monthly Site report
2. Delay in initiating corrective action
3. Ineffective corrective action
5. RESPONSIBILITY 8. CLAUSE NUMBER:Overall responsibility for this process lies with Head HSE ISO 9001 ISO 14001 OHSAS 18001
- - 4.5.3.1
Responsibility
Observer
Site ManagerEHS manager
Accident / FatalityNear Miss / First Aid LTI > 48hrs
Site Manager
Dangerous OccurrenceLTI < 48hrs Site Manager
Site Team
InvestigationTeam
EHS Manager
Site Team +EHS Manager
Site Team
Site Manager +EHS Manager
EHS Manager
Site Team
Site Manager
Site Manager
Site Manager
Site Team
Site Manager
Rev. No
-
Note: Revisions are shown in Bold and Itallics above in Process Flow
12. Change SummaryEffective Date Approval Date Change(s) Made
11. References - Related Procedures / Inspection Plans / Other External Origin Documents
HSE PlanFactory Act & State Factory Rules
Applicable to all projects undertaken by ReNew Power
INCIDENT REPORTING, INVESTIGATION & ANALYSIS
QHSE-P-07
00
01. July. 2016
01 of 01
01. July. 2016
3. DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS :
Indicator(s)
On time reporting
APPROVED BY: HOD QHSE ISSUED BY: MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVE
1.PURPOSE :
To register, analyze, communicate and take actions on incidents occurred at ReNew's workplace2. SCOPE :
Recurring incidents
9. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
Supplier(s) Input(s) PROCESS Output(s) Customer(s)
Manner of Disposa
Alerts
-On going
10. Record Matrix
Record Details Format Number Identity (File / Register) Location Disposing AuthorityMinimum Retention Time
Incident Register F01(QHSE-P-07) Hard / Soft QHSE Folder -
-Hard / Soft QHSE FolderF02(QHSE-P-07) On going
F04(QHSE-P-07) Soft QHSE Folder - --QHSE Folder On going -
On going
Incident Investigation Report
Doc. No Title--
Incident notification F03(QHSE-P-07) Hard / Soft
Communicate without any undue delay
Incident event notification sheet
Brief Summary captured
Take immediate action
Refer EHS plan
Business Head, Head HSE, Head Admin, Head HR,
Head Legal & Factory Inspector
Next Stage
Communicate incidentIncident
occuring at sites / offices
Incident notification-Site manager / EHS Manager / Admin Manager
Record details of incidentIncident notification
Observer Register Incidents Next Stage
Nature of Incident
RCA, Corrective & Preventive actions
**
Carry out RiskAssessment for above
decided actions
Form site / office investigation Team
Implementation of actions and update
HIRA
Immediate Action on Near miss /
first aid
Form site / office investigation Team
Investigationstudies
Recommeded Actions
Recommended actions for
implementation
Results of implemented
actions
Previous Stage
Previous Stage
Site team + EHS Manager
Site Team
Decision in immediate
actions
Immediateactions
Previous Stage
Previous Stage
Communicate accident & fatality within 1 hour
to ReNew. Communicate fatality to board within 24 hours
Take immediate action
Refer EHS plan
Form site / office investigation Team
Recommended actions for
implementation
Incident event notification sheet
1. Accident2. Fatality
Brief Summary captured
1. CEO, Business Head, Head HSE,
Head Admin,Head HR, Head Legal & Factory
Inspector2. BoD + all
mentioned above
Next Stage
F
F
F
F
Issue alerts in case of dangerous occurrence /
accident / fatality
F
Verification of effectiveness of
actions
Implemented actions, Updated
HIRA
Site Manager + EHS Manager
Alerts All Project relatedemployees
Effectiveness actions EHS Manager
Site Team
Information about site investigation
team
Investigation team members
Brief summary Investigation team members
Incident Register, Investigation report
1. Site Team,EHS manager
Investigation report
Investigation team
Investigation report:1. Dangerous occurrence2. Accident3. Fatality
1. Business Head, Head HSE, Head Admin, Head HR,
Head Legal & Factory Inspector
2. CEO +1.3. BoD +2.
Communicate investigation results
** For Near Miss / First Aid / Dangerous Occurrence (LTI <48 hrs) ‐ Use Incident register for recordingFor Accident (LTI>48 hrs) / Fatality ‐ Use Incident investigation
F
F
No. HSE SOP 008
Hearing Conservation Programme Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
An effective hearing conservation program can prevent hearing loss, improve employee morale and a general feeling of well-being, increase quality of production, and reduce the incidence of stress-related disease. The employer must administer a continuing, effective hearing conservation program whenever employee noise exposures are at or above an eight hour time-weighted average (TWA) of 85 dBA.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all departments where there is potential high noise.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948 and the Rules made thereunder
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
Noise: a sound, especially one that is loud or unpleasant or that causes disturbance.
No. HSE SOP 008
Hearing Conservation Programme Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Decibel (dB) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human hearing. A "decibel" is a unit in which noise is measured.
"A", in dB (A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement of noise and corresponds to frequency response characteristics of the human ear.
Leq: It is energy mean of the noise level, over a specified period. Personnel Protective Equipments (PPEs): refers to protective clothing,
helmets, goggles, or other garments or equipment designed to protect the wearer's body from injury or infection. The hazards addressed by protective equipment include physical, electrical, heat, chemicals, biohazards, and airborne particulate matter.
Hierarchy of Control: A system of control to be applied in a particular order including avoidance/ elimination, substitution, redesign and separation/ isolation, training and, as last resort personal protective equipment (PPE).
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Area Manager:
Identify the high noise area; Ensure adequate controls are implemented at the high noise area
(acoustic control, PPEs, etc); Undertake work zone monitoring Implement hearing conservation plan within his area.
2. Regional EHS Manager Ensure audiometric tests are conducted for people working in the high
noise area. Maintain the records of audiometric tests;
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Monitoring Programme
1. The employer must develop and implement a monitoring program whenever information indicates that any employee's exposure may equal or exceed the action level.
No. HSE SOP 008
Hearing Conservation Programme Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
2. The sampling strategy must be designed to identify all employees for inclusion in the hearing conservation program, and enable the proper selection of hearing protectors.
3. Monitoring must be repeated whenever a change in production, process, equipment or controls increases noise exposures.
4. The employer must notify each employee who is exposed at or above the action level of the results of the monitoring.
1.6.2 Audiometric Testing Programme
Audiometric testing monitors the sharpness and acuity of an employee's hearing over time, and also provides an opportunity for employers to educate employees about their hearing and the need to protect it.
Employers must establish and maintain an audiometric testing program for all employees exposed at or above the action level of 85 dBA-TWA (time-weighted average).
The program must be provided at no cost to employees.
1.6.3 Trainings
ReNew must ensure that each employee is informed of the following: The effects of noise on hearing; The purpose of hearing protectors, the advantages, disadvantages, and
attenuation of various types, and instructions on selection, fitting, use, and care;
How to effectively and efficiently use hearing protective devices (HPD); and
The purpose of audiometric testing and an explanation of test procedures.
1.6.4 Recordkeeping
ReNew must maintain the following documents: Accurate record of all employee exposure measurements; Audiometric test records;
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Not Applicable
No. HSE SOP 009
Fuel and Chemical Management Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
This document is not intended to be a comprehensive discussion on Hazardous Materials, but will focus on practical considerations and requirements for the handling, packaging, marking, storage, spill, and disposal of hazardous materials.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to vehicle movement area and transportation department.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made thereunder; and Building and Other Construction Workers Act.
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
Hazardous Material: as any item or chemical which is a risk to public safety or the environment. The major classification is that these chemicals are toxic, irritant, carcinogenic, corrosive, etc;
Secondary Containment: Secondary spill containment is the containment of hazardous liquids in order to prevent pollution of soil and water.
No. HSE SOP 009
Fuel and Chemical Management Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Spill: cause or allow (liquid) to flow over the edge of its container, especially unintentionally.
MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheet): a document that contains information on the potential health effects of exposure to chemicals, or other potentially dangerous substances, and on safe working procedures when handling chemical products.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Store Manager/ Area Manager: Maintain the chemical inventory of each site and ensure that
incompatible chemicals are not stored together; Ensure that secondary containment is provided to hazardous
materials; Spill kit provision is provided at hazardous material storage and usage
locations. 2. Housekeeping Team: In case of any spill, ensure that entire spillage is
collected safely using spill containment system.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 General Safety
Secondary containment (110% of the largest tank) must be provided to all containers containing hazardous materials;
Do not overfill containers; Inventory all chemicals in each laboratory annually; Do not store chemicals above laboratory sinks; Check for damaged labels, outdated chemicals, damaged containers and
peroxide forming compounds; Store liquid hazardous chemicals below six feet; and Do NOT store incompatible chemicals in a common safety cabinet. And Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be available at the area of usage
or at a place where it can be accessed easily by everyone. In addition MSDS must be in the local language so that people understand the instructions.
No. HSE SOP 009
Fuel and Chemical Management Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6.2 Transportation
During transportation of chemicals, appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be worn. Minimum PPE includes safety glasses, and closed toe shoes.
Appropriate gloves shall be kept on the cart for protection of transporter in case of a spill during transit.
Hazardous chemicals shall be attended at all times while being transported.
During transport, if a spill occurs, do not leave a spill unattended at any time. If there is question as to whether a spill can be safely cleaned up, or you have not familiarized yourself with the hazards, immediately contact area manager
1.6.3 Trainings
1. Training with respect to PPEs; 2. Training on how to read and use MSDS; 3. Safe method of loading and unloading hazardous materials. 4. Spill Management.
1.6.4 Recordkeeping
The following records must be retained as per the document policy of ReNew: 1. Training on safe material management; 2. Hazardous Chemicals Inventory; and
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Chemical Compatibility Chart Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 010
Gas Cylinder Handling and Management Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
Compressed gases can expose users to a number of physical and chemical hazards, which are dependent on the properties of the particular gas and the nature of the cylinder. These hazards must be kept in mind during all phases of the cylinder life cycle including receipt, handling, storage and return in order to ensure that cylinder integrity is maintained and cylinders no longer in use are disposed of promptly.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to department and work where compressed gas cylinders are used and stored.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004, as amended; Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made thereunder; and Building and Other Construction Workers Act.
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
Compressed Gas: “Compressed gas” means: (i) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 70 deg. F
No. HSE SOP 010
Gas Cylinder Handling and Management Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
(21.1 deg. C); or. (ii) A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 130 deg;
“Gas Cylinder” or “Cylinder” means any closed metal container having a volume exceeding 500 ml but not exceeding 1000 litres intended for the storage and transport of compressed gas, including any liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) container or compressed natural gas (CNG) cylinder fitted to a motor vehicle as its fuel tank but not including any other such container fitted to a special transport or undercarriage and includes a composite cylinder and cryogenic container, however, the water capacity of cylinders used for storage of CNG, nitrogen, compressed air, etc., may exceed 1000 litres up to 3000 litres provided the diameter of such cylinder does not exceed 60 cm;
Flammable gas” means any gas which, if either a mixture of 13 per cent or less (by volume) with air forms a flammable mixture or the flammability range with air is greater than 12 per cent regardless of the lower limit and these limits shall be determined at atmospheric temperature and pressure.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Security: Follow the instructions as provided in receipt of cylinders while the cylinder enter the site;
2. Purchase Department: Ensure that H&S requirements are sent to the gas cylinder contractors or other contractor using gas cylinders regarding safety provision of the site;
3. User: Any person/ contractor using the gas cylinders should follow all the safety instruction provided in the SOP and H&S plan;
4. Area Manager: Ensure that the user within his area is following the safety instructions and provide safety trainings for storage, handling and transportation of gas cylinders; and maintain records of the training.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
Receipt of Cylinders in the premise: 1) Ensure that cylinders and associated valves are adequately marked on the shoulders with the following information as prescribed under Gas Cylinders Rules, 2004, as amended:
No. HSE SOP 010
Gas Cylinder Handling and Management Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Manufacturer’s, owner’s and inspector’s marking and rotation number (these markings shall be registered with the Chief Controller);
Specification to which the cylinder has been made: A symbol to indicate the nature of heat treatment given to the cylinder
during manufacture or after repairs; The date of the last hydrostatic test or hydrostatic stretch test, as the case
may be, with the code mark of recognised testing station where the test was carried out and the code mark shall be registered with the Chief Controller. In the case of liquefied petroleum gas cylinders, the quarter and the year of test shall be given as an additional marking in a neck or on a shoulder plate;
Working pressure and test pressure; Tare weight Water Capacity
2) The specification of the valves; Year and month or quarter of manufacture Manufacturer’s symbol; Working pressure The name or chemical symbol of the gas for which the valve is to be used; The type of screw threads on the outlet, in case of left handed as (L.H.); Inspector’s stamp; Where dip tubes are provided, special indications shall be given by a clear
and durable marking on the valve or on a badge fixed between the valve and the cylinder and the total length in millimetre of the tube shall also be indicated.
3) The color of the cylinders should be as prescribed in the Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004, as amended; Storage and Handling: 1. Cylinders together with their valves and other fittings and the
identification colours under these rules shall always be maintained in good condition.
2. No oil or similar lubricant shall be used on any valves or other fittings of any cylinder.
3. Cylinders shall be adequately supported during handling. 4. Conveyors, trolleys and cradles of adequate strength shall, as far as
possible, be used when moving the cylinders.
No. HSE SOP 010
Gas Cylinder Handling and Management Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
5. The cylinders shall be handled carefully and not be allowed to fall upon one another or otherwise subjected to any undue shock.
6. Sliding, dropping or playing with cylinders is prohibited. 7. Liquefied petroleum gas cylinders and cylinders containing liquefiable
gases shall always be kept in an upright position and shall be so placed that they cannot be knocked over.
8. Cylinders used in horizontal position shall be so secured that they cannot roll.
9. Open flames, lights, mobile phones, lighting of fires, welding and smoking shall be prohibited in close proximity to any cylinder containing flammable gases except those while in use for welding, cutting or heating.
10. Working places shall not be classified as storage places. 11. Cylinders shall be stored in a cool, dry, well ventilated place under cover,
away from boilers, open flames, steam pipes or any potential sources of heat and such place of storage shall be easily accessible.
12. The storage room or shed shall be of fire resistant construction. 13. Thin wall cylinders such as liquefied petroleum gas cylinders and
dissolved gas cylinders shall not be stacked in a horizontal position. 14. Cylinders containing flammable gases and toxic gases shall be kept
separated from each other and from cylinders containing other types of gases by an adequate distance or by a suitable partition wall.
15. Cylinders shall not be stored under conditions, which will cause them to corrode.
16. Cylinders shall not be stored along with any combustible material. 17. Empty cylinders shall be segregated from the filled ones and care shall be
taken that all the valves are tightly shut. 18. In premises for storing flammable gases in cylinders all electric meters,
distribution boards, switches, fuses, plugs and sockets, all electric fittings, fixed lamps, portable hand lamps and motors, shall be of flame proof construction conforming to IS:2148 or such other specification as approved by the Chief Controller and shall be effectively earthed.
1.6.2 Inspection
1. Conduct visual inspection of cylinders to observe any physical deformities which could lead to leakages.
2. Ensure that all the workers and supervisors are wearing adequate PPEs during the work.
No. HSE SOP 010
Gas Cylinder Handling and Management Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6.3 Regulatory Inspection and certification
License of storage of gas cylinder can be triggered if the possession of the cylinder exceeds the requirement prescribed under Gas Cylinder Rules, 2008.
1.6.4 Trainings
For employees who are required to undertake hot work, should be periodically trained. The training should include: 1. Competency training to use equipments such as LEL meters, etc; 2. Reporting system related to hazards, near misses and other incidents; 3. The proper use and care and fitting of personal protective equipments; 4. The proper use and care and fitting of tools and equipments to be used;
and 5. Emergency response procedures.
Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Not Applicable
No. HSE SOP 011
Excavation Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
This standard covers provisions to protect employees from injury or loss of life due to open excavation hazards.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all work involving excavation activity
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948, as amended; Building and Other Construction Workers Act
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 World Bank Group EHS Guidelines for Electric Transmission and
Distribution System OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007
1.4 DEFINITION
Excavation: the action or process of excavating and forming a cavity formed by cutting, digging, or scooping
Competent person- . A competent person means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings, or working conditions which are hazardous to employees and who has authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
No. HSE SOP 011
Excavation Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Slope Implementation: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES (HORIZONTAL: VERTICAL) FOR EXCAVATIONS LESS THAN 20 FEET DEEP
SOIL TYPE DEFINITIONS Slope
STABLE ROCK - Natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides that remain intact while exposed.
Vertical or 90
TYPE A – Cohesive soil example: Clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam, which is not fissured or subjected to vibration from heavy traffic etc., and has not been previously disturbed.
¾:1 or 53
TYPE B – Cohesive soil or granular cohesionless soil including angular gravel, silt, silt loom, sandy loom. Previously disturbed soils except those otherwise classified as Type C.
1:1 or 45
TYPE C - Granular soils including gravel, sand, and loamy soils or submerged soil.
1.5:1 or 34
Notes: (1) If soil type is undefined, assume to be Type C. (2) Materials or equipment shall be kept a distance or at least two feet from the edge of the excavation.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
Area Managers: Incharge of the area where the activity is triggered and the person who issues the permit for electrical maintenance;
Authorised electrical person: Person (s) trained and authorised to work on electrical apparatus as per Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010
1.6 PROCEDURE
Stable Rock Vertical or 90º
Type A ¾:1 or 53º
Type B 1:1 or 45º
Type C 1.5:1 or 34º
No. HSE SOP 011
Excavation Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
Prior to excavation, the location of underground installations (sewer, telephone, electrical, fuel, natural gas, water and other lines, and underground tanks) must be identified.
The appropriate utility company shall be contacted for assistance if there is any question. Identification should always include a review of the most current drawings. However, since drawings may not always provide the required accuracy, positive identification should include additional methods such as “pot holing”, or earth penetrating radar. The method of identifying underground utilities, piping, structures etc. shall be recoded on the excavation permit.
All excavations between 2m and 6m deep are covered by this standard. Excavations more than twenty feet deep must be designed by a registered professional engineer in accordance with applicable regulations;
Barricade of 1m height (with red and white band / self glowing caution board) should be provided for excavations beyond 1.5m depth. Provide two entries / exits for such excavation.
An inspection of the excavation site, adjacent areas, and protective systems by a competent person is required.
Wherever there is a possibility of any ingress of water, then pumping shall be established with pumps being readily available for use and additional ladders placed for use, in the event of the emergency evacuation.
Task training is required for all employees prior to beginning an excavation. No employee shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment.
Employees shall be protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system except when excavations are made entirely in stable rock or when the excavations are less than one meter in depth
Employees must be removed from trenches if evidence of possible cave-ins, slides, failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions exist and may not re-enter until necessary precautions have been taken.
Trench boxes or shields may be used only when designed or approved by a registered professional engineer or based on tabulated data prepared or approved by a professional engineer.
Adequate sloping according to the type of soil must be used when sloping is required. Sloping and benching systems not utilizing the referenced guides must be approved by a registered professional engineer.
No. HSE SOP 011
Excavation Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Ramps, runways, ladders, or stairs as means of access / egress must be within 25 feet of an employee work area if the trench is four feet or more deep.
Testing and controls for hazardous atmospheres must be completed according to Confined Space Entry when the excavation meets the definition of a confined space or when the potential for an explosion exists.
A warning system for persons and mobile equipment must be in place surrounding all excavations. The warning system shall consist of barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs and flashing lights at night. Upon completion of exploration and similar operations, temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc. shall be backfilled and compacted.
Adequate protection from hazards associated with water accumulation shall be in place before working in excavations.
Employees exposed to vehicular traffic shall be provided with and shall wear warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflective and high visibility material.
All excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling into an excavation shall be placed at least two meters from the edge of the excavation.
Where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavation, walkways or bridges with standing guardrails shall be provided.
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit to work Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 012
Office Ergonomics Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
This document establishes the minimum requirements to eliminate work related Musculo-Skeletal Disorders (MSDs); including the correct ergonomic set-up for a computer workstation; early recognition and reporting of the signs and symptoms of MSDs, and early intervention of ergonomic discomfort.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to people working in office spaces and have desk based work.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
Nil
1.4 DEFINITION
Musculo Skeletal Disorder (MSD): A disorder of the musculo-skeletal and nervous systems. MSDs are also referred to as repetitive strain injuries, repetitive motion injuries, or cumulative trauma disorders and can occur in many soft tissue parts of the body, including wrists, elbows, shoulders, back, and neck.
Ergonomic Subject Matter Expert (SME): The person identified in a facility with the proper training to advocate the program and to act as local system Administrator.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
Ergonomic Subject Matter Expert (SME): Consult with employees on proper workstation ergonomic setup;
Employees: Complete the online training and Self-Assessment for their workstation located either within office location;
Line Manager: Ensure that employees have the appropriate the equipment, training, and support to eliminate MSDs.
No. HSE SOP 012
Office Ergonomics Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Break and Posture Management
An employee working in an office, shall follow the work/rest regimen as stretch break for one (1) minute for each twenty (20) minutes of sedentary work.
A desk, task chair, computer monitor(s), keyboard, and mouse must allow for individual anthropometry to achieve the ergonomic set-up requirement.
The purchase of a new chair must be in accordance with the BU purchasing process or coordinated with the BU purchasing function, as applicable. A chair shall meet the following minimum specifications: 1. High back 2. May be ordered without arms; however, if a chair is equipped with
arms, they must be adjustable and removable 3. Adjustable lumbar support 4. Sliding seat pan 5. Height adjustment 6. Base with 5 wheel casters
The purchase of a monitor(s) must be made from IT Equipment Catalogue. Workstation design must ensure that the height of the monitor can accommodate a range of employee anthropometry.
The purchase of a desk must be in accordance with the BU purchasing process or coordinated with the BU purchasing function, as applicable.. Desks shall be adjustable to accommodate a range of employee anthropometry. For existing desks with a fixed height, a footrest and/or keyboard tray must be available to accommodate the employee achieving the required ergonomic.
No. HSE SOP 012
Office Ergonomics Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Discomfort or injury An injury or discomfort presenting as a MSD while working at a
workstation shall be immediately reported (no later than the end of the current work shift) to the employee’s Line Manager or the BU Health and Safety Representative. Injury and illness management should be performed in accordance with local/ corporate procedure
1.6.2 Trainings
All employees shall receive training to achieve the workstation set-up found in office workstation ergonomics. Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 013
Medical Surveillance Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
The purpose of the Occupational Medical Surveillance Program is to help assure the health of employees who: Have workplace exposure to particular health hazards (e.g., high noise
levels, allergens) known to pose risk for a potentially serious health condition, illness, or injury; OR
Perform specific work tasks (e.g., respirator use, driving commercial vehicles) that require a certain degree of health and fitness to assure employee and/ or public health and safety.
1.2 SCOPE
All departments and contractors
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948, as amended; Building and Other Construction Workers Act
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 Prevention of Falls in General Construction Compliance Code; Edition 1:
September 2008
No. HSE SOP 013
Medical Surveillance Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.4 DEFINITION
1. Medical Treatment: An injury or illness-related procedure other than first aid or preventative treatment that is intended to provide remedy or palliative care.
2. Workplace exposure: exposure of any element due to occupational/ work. 3. Exposure limit: The permissible exposure limit that is acceptable for
person working for prescribed amount of time. This can be in Time Weighted Average (TWA) for 8 hours, or short term exposure limits (STEL) for 15 minutes or short duration, etc
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Area Manager Ensure that all the employees undergo required medical surveillance. 2. Regional EHS Manager: Identify the specific parameters that need to be monitored, if any, due to
any operations; Maintain copies of fitness certificates; Ensure that workers receive the medical test reports.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
Participating employees typically undergo a medical work history and in some cases, medical examination by a licensed physician as recognised by the Indian Government.
These screenings are used to establish an initial baseline of the employees' health and then used to monitor their future health as they pertain to potential occupational exposures to hazardous agents, if any.
The required frequency for surveillance exams varies, but many of them run on an annual interval.
The employee's department is responsible for bearing the cost of occupational health surveillance.
Due to regulatory standards, tasks involving certain workplace exposures or requirements may require health surveillance. Employee refusal to participate may necessitate re-assignment away from such tasks.
No. HSE SOP 013
Medical Surveillance Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Specific results of the medical examination (e.g., weight, blood pressure, etc.) are kept confidential. The typical information provided to departments consists of generic indications of whether or not employees are fit for duty.
1.6.2 Regulatory Inspection and certification
Due to regulatory standards, tasks involving certain workplace exposures or requirements may require health surveillance. High Noise Vertigo (for work at height) Eye tests and color blindness (especially for drivers) Any other identified
1.6.3 Records
Records of medical tests must be submitted to the workers and copy of certificate of fitness should be kept by area manager.
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Not Applicable
No. HSE SOP 014
Hot Work Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
This Hot Work Permit is required for any temporary operation involving open flames or producing heat and/or sparks. This includes, but is not limited to, oxyacetylene cutting, hot riveting, grinding, chipping, soldering, brazing, thawing pipe, torch-applied roofing or flooring, and welding.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all people undertaking hot work.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
• Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made thereunder
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Health and Safety Executive Guidelines OSHA EHS Guidelines
1.4 DEFINITION
Hot Work: Hot work is any process that can be a source of ignition when flammable material is present or can be a fire hazard regardless of the presence of flammable material in the workplace. Common hot work processes are welding, soldering, cutting and brazing.
Barrication: isolation of an area of work using tapes or barricading materials.
No. HSE SOP 014
Hot Work Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Fire Watch: The act of watching for the occurrence of fires. This is usually done with the intent of detecting fires early so that they can be extinguished quickly and damage to land and/or property can be prevented or minimalized.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Area Manager Undertake risk assessment for the hot work in their department. Ensure that hierarchy of control has been implemented. Ensure that all adequate PPEs are worn by the worker working at
height. Issue hot work permit Inform the worker regarding the hazards associated with the work. Conduct tool box talk. Ensure the location has satisfactorily fire preventing or firefighting
system. 2. The Fire Watch
Assist Hot Work Operator in preparation and clean-up of Hot Work area.
Wet down surrounding areas including lower floors and beams if required.
Assess for potential fire hazards. Be alert to any changes and identify changes or concerns to Hot Work
Operator.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
Risk Assessment: Assess the hazards and risk associated with the hot work activities. Implement hierarchy of controls as follows: 1. Elimination - Eliminate the need to undertake hot work. 2. Substitution - Provide alternative means which avoids the risk of a hot
work. 3. Engineering / Isolation – Try to undertake all kinds of hot work in the
identified location where there is scope of fire prevention and
No. HSE SOP 014
Hot Work Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
firefighting. Further, it should not be near to the explosive area. Barricade the area.
4. Administrative controls -are required for all steps; SOP, training, signs etc.
5. PPE - Must only be considered as a last resort and only if all other control measures are impracticable, unavailable or will introduce further hazards to the work.
A work permit should be issued and released only after consulting the specific procedure and/or a completing a risk assessment with all personnel involved.
Barricading and labelling of the area (approximately 1 meter diameter) as “Hot Work”.
Deploy “fire watch” to assist the person undertaking hot work. In case of any unforeseen incidence, fire watch should notice and
communicate the operator to evacuate the area. Ensure that hot work area is facilitated with fire prevention and
firefighting system. Do not use mobile phone near the hot work area. Provide adequate periodic breaks during the work. All equipment and protection systems should be inspected prior to the
start of work and immediately replaced in case anomalies are detected, such as deformation, cracks, pronounced oxidation, cuts, weakening springs, or cracked seams.
Permit to Work System 1. Trigger Hot Work permit for the activity; 2. Area manager will be responsible for issuing the permit and ensuring that
all the safe practices are adopted while conducting the work; 3. The permit should be reviewed and signed by the area manager. 4. Original copy must be retained by the working group (contractor/
employee) and a copy to be maintained by the workplace area manager; 5. The original should be returned to the workplace area manager after
completion of the work; 6. The work area and original copy of the permit is then reviewed and the
original filed by the workplace area manager.
No. HSE SOP 014
Hot Work Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.6.2 Inspection
All tools and equipments (gas cylinders, welding equipments, etc) should be inspected before the start of the work;
1.6.3 Regulatory Inspection and certification
All parts including working gear, whether fixed or movable of every lifting machine and every chain, rope or lifting tackle shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person at least once in every period of twelve month or at such intervals as specified by the chief inspector.
Register shall be maintained containing the prescribed particulars of every such examinations.
1.6.4 Trainings
For employees who are required to undertake hot work, should be periodically trained. The training should include: 1. Competency training to use equipments such as gas cylinders, welders,
etc; 2. Reporting system related to hazards, near misses and other incidents; 3. The proper use and care and fitting of personal protective equipments; 4. The proper use and care and fitting of tools and equipments to be used; 5. Emergency response procedures; and 6. Technical expertise of hot work.
Records of training to be maintained by the workplace area manager as per the training programme
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit to work Risk Assessment (HIRA/ JSA)
No. HSE SOP 015
Risk Assessment Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
Risk assessment is a thorough look at a workplace to identify things, situations, processes, etc that may cause harm for health and safety of people, environment and resources. After identification is made, evaluation is undertaken on how likely and severe the risk is, and then decides what measures should be in place to effectively prevent or control the harm from happening. Risk Assessment helps in: Create awareness of hazards and risks. Identify who may be at risk (employees, cleaners, visitors, contractors, the
public, etc). Determine if existing control measures are adequate or if more should be
done. Prevent injuries or illnesses when done at the design or planning stage. Prioritize hazards and control measures.
1.2 SCOPE
All departments and contractors
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948, as amended; Building and Other Construction Workers Act
1.3.2 International Best Practices Guidelines
IFC Performance Standards 2012 The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines The World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects,
2015 OHSAS 18001 Standard
1.3.3 Reference documents
Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007
No. HSE SOP 015
Risk Assessment Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety
1.4 DEFINITION
Barricading: block or defend with a barricade. Risk Assessment: a systematic process of evaluating the potential risks
that may be involved in a projected activity or undertaking. Monitoring: observe and check the progress or quality of (something) over
a period of time; keep under systematic review. Personnel Protective Equipments (PPEs): refers to protective clothing,
helmets, goggles, or other garments or equipment designed to protect the wearer's body from injury or infection. The hazards addressed by protective equipment include physical, electrical, heat, chemicals, biohazards, and airborne particulate matter.
Hierarchy of Control: A system of control to be applied in a particular order including avoidance/ elimination, substitution, redesign and separation/ isolation, training and, as last resort personal protective equipment (PPE).
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
1. Area Manager/ Department: Undertake risk assessment of all the activities and process undertaken
within their area of jurisdiction; Inform the workers regarding the hazards identified, risk and controls
implemented; Ensure that the controls are adequately implemented; and
2. Regional EHS Manager: Undertake risk assessment of all the activities and process undertaken
along with area manager; Undertake periodic audits of the sites to ensure that required controls
are implemented.
1.6 PROCEDURE
Consider normal operational situations as well as non-standard events such as shutdowns, power outages, emergencies, etc.
No. HSE SOP 015
Risk Assessment Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Review all available health and safety information about the hazard such as MSDSs, manufacturer’s literature, and information from reputable organizations, results of testing, etc.
Identify hazards. Evaluate the likelihood of an injury or illness occurring, and its severity. Identify actions necessary to eliminate or control the risk. Monitor and evaluate to confirm the risk is controlled. Keep any documentation or records that may be necessary.
Documentation may include detailing the process used to assess the risk, outlining any evaluations, or detailing how conclusions were made.
1.6.1 Hazard Identification
Work as team, EHS representative, operation department and workers. Identify all the potential hazards associated with the activity: Inspect all aspects of the work. Include non-routine activities such as maintenance, repair, or cleaning. Look at accident / incident / near-miss records. Include people who work "off site" either at home, on other job sites,
drivers, teleworkers, with clients, etc. Look at the way the work is organised or "done" (include experience and
age of people doing the work, systems being used, etc). Look at foreseeable unusual conditions (for example: possible impact on
hazard control procedures that may be unavailable in an emergency situation, power outage, etc.).
Examine risks to visitors or the public. Include an assessment of groups that may have a different level of risk
such as young or inexperienced workers, persons with disabilities, or new or expectant mothers.
1.6.2 Evaluation of likelihood and consequences of Hazards
The below table will aid in helping the quantification of consequences and likelihood. This will eventually help in calculating the risk of the work:
No. HSE SOP 015
Risk Assessment Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Generic Risk Assessment Table
Lik
elih
ood
Consequences 1 2 3 4 5 Insignificant Negligible Moderate Extensive Significant 5 Almost Certain
5 10 15 20 25
4 Likely 4 8 12 16 20 3 Possible 3 6 9 12 15 2 Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10 1 Rare 1 2 3 4 5
1.6.3 Calculation of Risk
Risk (R ) = Likelihood (L) X Consequences (C) Greater the likelihood or consequences or both, greater the risk, the description and color coding of the risk is defined in the below representation. Very High Risk (20 or above)
Immediate Action Required
High Risk (10 – 20) Senior Management Attention Required Medium ( 5 – 10) Management responsibility must be specified Low (3 – 5) Monitor and manage by routine inspections Very Low (below 2)
Managed by routine procedure
1.6.4 Identification of Controls
Controls must be identified and implemented as per Hierarchy of Control as defined in the H&S plan
No. HSE SOP 015
Risk Assessment Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Figure 1 Hierarchy of Control
1.6.5 Regulatory Inspection and certification
Due to regulatory standards, certain hazardous tasks require risk assessment (First Schedule of Factories Act, 1948, as amended). Highly flammable materials; Chemical process,
1.6.6 Records
Records of risk assessments as per the tools described above and H&S plan must be maintained and periodically updated.
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Not Applicable
No. HSE SOP 016
Professional Travelling Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
1.1 PURPOSE
This standard covers provisions to protect employees during travel from different site or offices located at different geographies, cities, etc.
1.2 SCOPE
This procedure is applicable to all people travelling inter sites or office.
1.3 APPLICABLE FRAMEWORK
1.3.1 Local Regulatory Requirements
Factories Act, 1948, as amended;
1.4 DEFINITION
Travel: ReNew employee travelling from inter sites or office.
1.5 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY
Traveller: To follow the SOP for safe travel; Manager: Manager of the traveller should ensure the traveller follow the
SOP and be the main point of emergency contact at the office.
1.6 PROCEDURE
1.6.1 Safe Operating Procedures
Prior to travelling to any site undertake the travel risk assessment as follows:
o Collect the details of accommodation, local travelling, cab service, flight details or train details;
o Ensure the above arrangements are undertaken by ReNew identified travel vendors;
No. HSE SOP 016
Professional Travelling Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
o Keep the emergency contact details of each of the above parameters and keep the hard copy and sift copy of these contact details;
Professional travelling insurance should be taken by the traveller; Traveller should provide his emergency contact details and
aforementioned contact details to his manager; In case of high risk area (political, travel, epidemic, security, etc) travel, the
traveller needs to undertake the following: 1. Ensure to undertake daily call to his/ her manager at the decided time.
The time decided should be discussed and mutually agreed by the traveller and his manager. Safety Manager should be copied and informed about the emergency contacts and call in details;
2. In case the traveller is not reachable for agreed calls at the decided time, the manager should wait for an hour and try to reconnect with the traveller;
3. In case the traveller is still unreachable, the manager will inform the site EHS manager and simultaneously contact the cab vendor and accommodation vendor, where the logistics and boarding are arranged.
4. If no information is available for the same in next three hours, expedite the case to the area manager or office manager.
5. As per the legal requirements, area manager and EHS manager instructions, the way forward to get in touch with the person can be decided.
1.7 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Nil
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Table 1 Generic Aspect and Impact Template for Solar and Wind Projects
SNo. Activity Potential Environmental
Impact Direct(D) /Indirect(I)
Likelihood (L)
Consequence (C) Risk Score (R)= LXC
Risk Level Assessed
Control Measures
1 Site Preparation and site cleaning
Generation of Debris
Generation of Dust
Generation of Solid waste
Use of chemicals &/ or
herbicides and pesticides
2 Excavation ( general and for utility
trenches)
Generation of Dust
Flooding of excavation
Piling of excavated materials
Presence of soil contaminants
Discharge of water used for
excavation
3 Blasting Generation of Dust
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Generation of Debris
Generation of Noise
4 Demolition of structure
Generation of Noise
Generation of Dust
Generation of Debris
Generation of Municipal Solid
Waste
5 Loading and unloading of materials
Generation of fugitive emission
Generation of noise
Generation of spillage
6
Bar Bending and Cutting
Fugitive Emission
Generation of metal scraps from
bending and cutting operation.
7 Reinforcement
Fugitive Emission
Generation of metal scraps from
bending and cutting operation.
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
8 Erection of structure and
concretization
Generation of dust during
cement silos in batching plants
Generation of Noise during
operation of concrete mixtures /
batching plant
Generation of effluents from
washing of concrete mixtures
Generation of concrete waste
Fugitive emission due to loading
and unloading of aggregates
9 Formwork
Generation of dust
Generation of noise
Generation of concrete waste
Effluent generation from
washing and cleaning
10 Tunnel works
Generation of Dust
Generation of noise
Generation debris
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
11 Hammering Generation of noise
12 Transportation at the site
Generation of fugitive emission.
Generation of Noise
Oil spillage
13 Stacking of the material Spillage of material
Generation of dust
14 Painting
Generation of VOC’s from
painting and coating
Disposal of paints and drums
Generation of paint effluents
15 Cement and other construction
material handling
Generation of dust
17 operation of DG sets
Generation of noise
Generation of smoke
Generation of spillage
18
Shuttering and De‐ shuttering Generation of Noise
Generation of dust
19 Stone Pitching Generation of noise
Generation of dust
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
20 Grinding Generation of dust
Generation of noise
21 Drilling Generation of dust
Generation of noise
22 Fabrication at site
Fugitive emissions
Generation of dusts
Generation of noise
Generation of MSW
23 Arc welding Generation of scrap
24 Use of Hand Tools Generation of noise
25 Using of electrical equipments
Generation of solid waste
Generation of e‐waste
26 Joinery
Generation of soft wood dust
Generation of hard wood dust
Generation of noise
Spillage of chemicals
Use of solvents
Generation of solid waste
27 Working with Electrical equipments
and DC battery bank
Spillage of hazardous materials
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
28 Road Construction
Generation of noise from
equipments
Generation of dust
Generation of effluent
Generation of waste water
29 Operation and maintenance of
Material Hoist
Generation of noise
Generation of solid waste
Lubricant spillage
30 Operation and maintenance of
Mobile cranes
Generation of Noise
Generation of Solid waste
Generation of spillage
31 Operation of compactors and
vibrators
Generation of noise
Generation of dust
32 Operation and maintenance of
watering and dewatering pumps
Generation of noise
Generation of smoke
Generation of waste oil and
waste lubricants
33 Operation and maintenance of
concrete pumps
Generation of Noise
Generation of fume
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Generation of solid waste
Fumes generation by spraying of
coal tar
34 Operation of Dumpers
Generation of noise
Generation of smoke
Generation of dust
Generation of solid waste
Generation of fuel spillage
35 Operation of Forklifts
Generation of Noise
Generation of Battery waste
Generation of fuel spillage
36 Operation of Lifting Equipment
Generation of noise
Generation of lubricant spillage
Generation of battery waste
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Generation of smoke
37 Operation of Excavators
Generation of noise
Generation of dust
Generation of smoke
Generation of spillage
38 Operation of chain saw Generation of noise
39 Testing of concrete tubes and steels
Utilization of electricity
Cleaning and flushing of nozzles
Generation of wastewater
40 Maintenance of site Machinery and
Equipments
Generation of noise
Generation of hazardous waste
from maintenance
41 Storage of LPG Lekage emission from cylinders
42 Storage of chemicals and paints
Generation of spillage
Generation of VOC’s
Generation of chemical fumes
Disposal of Hazardous Chemical
Containers
43 Storage of diesel and / or highly
flammable liquid Generation of spillage
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Generation of waste cottons
from the storage areas
Generation of hazardous waste
44 Storage and stacking of materials Generation of dust
Spillage of material
45 Loading & unloading Operations
Generation of Noise
Generation of dust
Generation of smoke
46 Storage of fire extinguisher
Leakage of CO2
Leakage of ozone depleting
substances
Generation of metal waste
47 Pest management Use of pesticide
48 Use of computer and other
electronic commodities
Generation of e‐waste
Generation of plastic waste
Generation of Hazardous waste
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
49 Sanitary Maintenance
Generation of waste water
Generation of solid waste
50 Operation and Maintenance of AC
system
Generation of heat
Generation of waste water
51 Labour Camp/ quarter
Generation of sewage and
sullage
Generation of dust and smoke
Generation of Municipal Solid
Waste
Use of LPG and electricity
Generic Risk Assessment Table
Like
lihoo
d
Consequences 1 2 3 4 5 Insignificant Negligible Moderate Extensive Significant 5 Almost Certain
5 10 15 20 25
4 Likely 4 8 12 16 20 3 Possible 3 6 9 12 15
No. HSE SOP 017
Aspect and Impact Register Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
L i k Consequences 2 Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10 1 Rare 1 2 3 4 5
Very High Risk Immediate Action Required High Risk Senior Management Attention Required Medium Management responsibility must be specified Low Monitor and manage by routine inspections Very Low Managed by routine procedure
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No Parameters Month
1 No of Contractor Employees at site
2 Total Manhours worked
3 Total Manhours worked without LTI
4 No of Lost Days‐ LD
5 No of Other Events (Fire, Oil Spills, Vehicle, Property Damage)
6 Injury Frequency Rate ‐ IFR
7 Injury Severity Rate – ISR
8 No. of grievance received from employees and labors (principal employer, contractors, sub‐contractor)
9 Water Consumption details (Kilo Liters)
10 Fuel Consumption details (Kilo Liters), DG sets only
11 Power Consumption details (Kilo Watts)
12 No of Permit to Work documents are issued
13 No of EHSS Meetings are conducted
14 EHS Training Manhours
15 Renew EHS Audits ‐ Observations
16 Renew EHS Audits ‐ Open
17 Hazardous Waste Disposal ‐Quantity (Liiter)
18 Hazardous Waste Disposal ‐Quantity (Kilogram)
19 Frank E Bird Triangle / Pyramid
20 No of Near Miss Cases
21 No of First Aid Cases
22 No of Medical Treatment Cases
23 No of Lost Time Accidents ‐ LTI < 24 Hrs
24 No of Lost Time Accidents ‐ LTA >24 Hrs(48)
25 No of Fatalities
All India EHS Monthly Report
Month
S.No Parameters
1 Injury Frequency Rate ‐ IFR
2 Injury Severity Rate – ISR
3 EHS Training Manhours
4 Renew EHS Audits ‐ Total observations
5 Renew EHS Audits ‐ Open
6 Renew EHS Audits ‐ Observations closed
7 No of Near Miss Cases
8 No of First Aid Cases
9 No of Medical Treatment Cases
10 No of Lost Time Accidents ‐ LTI < 24 Hrs
11 No of Lost Time Accidents ‐ LTA >24 Hrs
12 No of Fatalities
EHS Monthly KPI Monitoring
A Reporting 1 Before or on first 4th working days of every month , this updated Excel file to be sent to Renew EHS- Gurgaon
2This sheet for internal reporting. ReNew EHS manager is authorized to put data in this sheet. Regional EHS managers are responsible to arrange data from contractors involved in their region projects
3 If previous reported data need correction then Correct data and give different colour to notice and inform to Renew EHS4 Sheet "Adoni, Batkurki, etc"
Each worksheet is for one Project. worksheet developed assuming 7 contractors in a project in one phase(construction or O&M). To add more contractors plesae inform corporate
5plesae do not change any parameter or formula. Only put the numbers in your respective project sheet. To change parameter or any existing formula please contact corporate
6 Graphs for basic analysis are given, for more analysis, you can make graphs in respective project sheet7
C Definations1 Near miss means an event that occurs in the work environment and could have but did not result in a reasonable occupational injury/illness2 First Aid means minor injury that does not require the professional medical care of a physician3 Medical Treatment means work related illness requiring treatment by physician, not resulting in lost time beyond the day of illness or restricted work4 Lost Time Accident means number of injuries suffered by employees with more than 24h (one day). 5 Injury Frequency Rate = (No. of LTI X 1, 000,000 ) / Total Man hours worked.6 Injury Severity Rate = (No of Lost days X 1,000,000 ) / Total Man hours worked.7 HSE Training Man-hours = No. of employees trained X No. of training hours.
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Table 1 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (Construction Phase)
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
1 Erection and Installation of the structures Lattice structure, conductor stringing and electrical components installation
1a) Fall of Material 5 4 20 Net shall be provided for the protection of fall of the material;
Ensure that the persons working at height are carrying least amount of loads (baring those that are absolutely necessary);
Provide barricading at the ground where work at height is performed;
Ensure minimal human movement near the area where work at height is under-going.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
1b) Work at height 5 4 20 Implement work at height permit to work system before any construction site which is undertaking within the active operational area;
Provide adequate controls (rail guards, toe guards, platform, scaffolds, for work at height)
The platforms, scaffold, etc. should be installed on the levelled surface on the ground.
Scaffold and ladders used for the work should be inspected and tagged “ok to use” before taking in to usage; and
Workers working at height should be using the adequate PPEs as per the work/permit system or as identified in the JHAs.
3 2 6
1c) Cut Injury 3 3 9 Only trained workers shall be allowed for carrying out cutting operations;
Good housekeeping must be practiced to avoid to slip, trip or fall of persons
Scrap generated from the cutting operations should be stored & recycled to minimize the wastage
Provide suitable PPEs to prevent hand injuries.
2 2 4
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
1d) Electrocution 3 4 12 Only trained professional should undertake the activity;
All the wire cables used in the site should be adequately insulated.
The material and apparatus used shall conform to the relevant specifications of the BIS or International Electro-Technical Commission;
Adequate plugs as per the voltage supply should be provided and no loose wire points should be used for plugging;
No insulation tape should be used in case two wires are required to be joined. Instead replace the entire wire.
All electrical parts must be guarded to prevent accidental contact;
Ensure that all the electrical equipments including portable electrical equipments are provided with machine earthing (grounding) as well as body earthing (grounding.
The worker must wear adequate PPEs like rubber hand gloves to minimise the vibration exposure further.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
2 Loading and unloading of WTG accessories
2a) Working near Overhead Lines- Electrocution
4 5 20 De-energise the overhead lines, if feasible, before working near those lines;
Unqualified employees and mechanical equipment must stay at least 10 feet (3.05 meters) away from overhead power lines. If the voltage is more than 33,000 volts, the clearance must be increased by 0.3 m for each additional 33,000 volts.
For lines of voltage exceeding 33kV the clearance above shall not less than 5.2 m plus 0.3 m for every 33,000 V or part thereof by which the voltage exceed 33,000 V.
For High Voltage Direct Current Lines the ground clearance should be as per Schedule X of Central Electricity Authority Regulations 2010.
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
2b) Failure of lifting cranes and lifting tools
4 5 20 Ensure safe distances from nearby over head LT/HT/EHT power line (if any).
Check capacity of cranes before lifting of materials. Fully extend the outrigger & stabilize. Ensure the crane is on a firm / stable surface and
level. Do inspection for all lifting tools and tackles &
Crane before use it. Use correct capacity lifting tools and tackles (slings,
shackles etc). Ensure proper signal code followed by crane
operator and signal person. Ensure and verify functioning of limit switches,
alarm systems etc. Ensure safe wind speed for crane operation. Ensure crane hook and safety latch is in good
condition. If two cranes are used for lifting ensure proper co-
ordination between them. Slings shall not be twisted during lifting. Tag lines shall be used to prevent dangerous; Wear adequate PPEs safety shoes, helmet and gloves
for the work as identified in the JHAs
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
3 WTG foundation preparation, cleaning and slab installation
3a) Refer 2b 4 5 20 Refer 2b 3 3 9
3b) Dust exposure 5 4 20 Use suitable PPE such as dust mask in order to avoid exposure to dusts.
If feasible keep the area water sprinkled to settle the dust.
3 1 3
4 WTG Tower segment preparation at ground level
4a) Refer 1b 5 4 20 Refer 1b 3 2 6
4b) Working under suspended load
4 5 20 Avoid working under suspended load; Ensure the crane is on a firm / stable surface and
level. Use correct capacity lifting tools and tackles (slings,
shackles etc). Ensure safe wind speed for crane operation. Ensure crane hook and safety latch is in good
condition. If two cranes are used for lifting ensure proper co-
ordination between them. Slings shall not be twisted during lifting. Tag lines shall be used to prevent dangerous; Wear adequate PPEs safety shoes, helmet and gloves
for the work as identified in the JHAs
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
5 WTG Segment installation 5a) Refer 1b 5 4 20 Refer 1b 3 2 6 5b) Refer 2b 4 5 20 Refer 2b 3 3 9 5c) Electrocution 3 4 12 Only trained professional should undertake the
activity; All the wire cables used in the site should be
adequately insulated. The material and apparatus used shall conform to
the relevant specifications of the BIS or International Electro-Technical Commission;
Adequate plugs as per the voltage supply should be provided and no loose wire points should be used for plugging;
No insulation tape should be used in case two wires are required to be joined. Instead replace the entire wire.
All electrical parts must be guarded to prevent accidental contact;
Ensure that all the electrical equipments including portable electrical equipments are provided with machine earthing (grounding) as well as body earthing (grounding.
The worker must wear adequate PPEs like rubber hand gloves to minimise the vibration exposure further.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
5d) Cut or impact on hand
4 4 16 Undertake tool box before the start of the day’s activity;
Inform the hazards, risk and control measures during the tool box talk;
All the machinery and tools used for the purpose should be of adequate and do not use damaged tools and machinery;
The worker undertaking the activity must be trained;
The tools and machine should be daily inspected by the supervisor and in case of any damage must be immediately replaced;
The workers must wear adequate PPEs such as hand gloves, safety glasses, etc.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
5e) Chemical use (epoxy)
4 5 20 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for Chemical products used in painting & coating operations must be made available and the precautions mentioned in the MSDS needs to be followed while using those chemicals;
Toxic substances and hazards related to the toxic chemicals shall be identified;
Suitable PPE’s (such as appropriate mask, Eye Glass, Gloves, Safety shoes) and Hard hat shall be used;
Adequate arrangement for cleaning of spillage shall be ensured;
Only trained workers shall be allowed; Exposure limits of the toxic substances shall be
checked before starting the work and nobody shall be allowed to carry out the work beyond the permissible limits;
Ventilation or exhaust facility shall be provided at the place where painting and coating operations are carried out;
In case of indoor painting or painting in confined spaces, exhaust ventilation shall be provided.
2 3 6
5f) Refer 3b 5 4 20 Refer 3b 3 1 3
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
5g) Muscle strains, sprains & injuries caused by lifting heavy loads due to manual loading, unloading
4 5 20 Ensure two man lift is enforced for reaching or carrying heavier items;
Split loads to make them lighter and safer to handle smoking and after shift;
2 3 6
6 Welding and gas cutting 6a) Fire Hazards 4 5 20 Implement Permit to work system for undertaking Hot Work;
Ensure that there is no flammables or combustible materials within 11 meters of the place where hot work is being performed;
Provide ready access to fire protection equipment; Provide adequate Personal Protective Equipment
(such as safety shoe, welding gloves, welding masks etc.);
Ensure that the work is undertaken under the supervision of safety officer and fire watch.
Ensure that the workmen are aware about the potential H&S risks and are aware about the safe practices;
Ensure that trolleys (with the cylinders securely chained) are used to transport the cylinders.
4 2 8 6b) Cylinder Explosion 6c) Inhalation of toxic gas
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
7 Vehicle Movement 7a) Struck by moving vehicles
4 4 16 Speed limits within the premise should be below 10kmph and speed limits should be displayed conspicuously within the site premise;
Speed bumps should be provided; All operatives and site visitors must ensure they
sign in when entering Ensure they are wide enough and that floor and
road surfaces are kept in good condition. Remove obstructions where possible, otherwise, make sure they are clearly visible. Avoid including sharp bends in road layouts. Provide suitable fixed mirrors at blind corners.
Site inductions to be provided to all operatives and visitors before entering the work site
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
All operatives and visitors to keep to pedestrian areas only
Brakes should be checked before entering the premise;
Safe coupling of trailers; Limit the vehicle movement in the day time only. The use of cross-over points will be incorporated
into site plan; Apply radar sensors to warn drivers if reversing too
near to an object where necessary; Drivers MUST be trained to drive Night time vehicle
movement is only considered if the driver have clear visibility with the help of street lights as well as vehicle headlights; and
Do not glare the headlights during night-time
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
7b) Falling from vehicle
3 4 12 Provide safety belts to person in the vehicles; No person should be on the roof or open trailer of
the moving vehicle; Avoid the need of reversing by better design of the
traffic routes of each site; In case of any slope or turns, provide clear signage
on the road to indicate the slope/ turns, etc. When working on the vehicle roof. Ensure that the
worker is wearing safety harness and the safety harness is attached to the anchor line.
2 3 6
7c) Stuck by object falling from vehicle
4 4 16 Do not keep the lose material on the vehicle; Vehicle movement and pedestrian movement
should be separate and all the crossover points should be provided with clear demarcations;
Set parking brakes when vehicles are parked and chock the wheels if they are on an incline;
Understand the differences in performance when loaded and unloaded, particularly relating to braking and stability on slopes;
2 3 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
7d) Injured because of vehicle overturning
4 5 20 Check whether the driver has adequate protection against overturning or being hit by falling objects.
Apply rollover protective systems ROPS and falling-object protective structures FOPS to protect the driver where necessary
Visibly check that loads are evenly distributed and that they do not obscure visibility from the driving position;
Drive at appropriate speeds for site conditions; and Load only on level ground with the parking brake
applied.
2 3 6
8 Manual Loading/ Unloading
8a) Refer 5g 4 5 20 Refer 5g 2 3 6
9 Sand mixing, cleaning, etc. 9a) Lung damage or difficulty breathing from mixing and usage of sand paper for surface preparation
5 4 20 Wear dust mask when mixing up; Ensure mixing is undertaken in a well ventilated
and nominated area by site supervisor
3 1 3
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
10 Working at height 10a) Fall, slip, trips, etc
5 4 20 Implement work at height permit to work system which is undertaking within the active operational area;
Provide adequate controls (rail guards, toe guards, platform, scaffolds, for work at height)
The platforms, scaffold, etc. should be installed on the levelled surface on the ground.
Scaffold and ladders used for the work should be inspected and tagged “ok to use” before taking in to usage; and
Workers working at height should be using the adequate PPEs as per the work/permit system or as identified in the JHAs.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
11 Demolition work 11a) Collapse of the structure
5 5 25 Only trained professional must undertake demolition work;
Area where demolition work is undertaken must be barricaded and warning signage should be displayed in local language on only authorised personnel will enter.
Proper supervision must be provided to avoid unauthorised entry in the area with the help of security;
Debris should be removed periodically to prevent obstruction of exit areas;
Adequate PPEs as identified in the JHAs should be used by the workers.
3 3 9
11b) Suffocation 3 3 9 Debris should be removed periodically to prevent obstruction of exit areas;
In case of any unstable structure maintain safe distance from it;
All the work should be conducted under supervision;
Single person should never be allowed to work in the demolition site.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
12 Excavation 12a) Collapse of wall, embankment or landslide
3 4 16 Collapse of wall/embankment can be prevented by battering the sides to a safe angle or by supporting them with sheeting or proprietary support systems;
Support should be installed without delay as the work progresses;
Ensure the workers are competent and experienced as far as possible and that they have clear instructions
2 2 4
12b) Cave In 3 4 16 Provide sloping (i.e. cutting back the trench wall at an angle inclined away from the excavation) of appropriate angle;
Provide Shoring (i.e. installing Aluminum hydraulic or other types of supports to prevent soil movement) to the excavation wall;
The site may consider using Shielding (Shielding protects workers by using trench boxes or other types of supports to prevent soil cave-ins).
2 2 4
12c) Flooding of excavation
3 3 9 Install efficient means of pumping out the excavations ensuring that the outflow from the pump does not cause flooding problems elsewhere;
Provide Signage (Excavation) and barricading near the excavated area to alert and prevent man movement near the excavated area.
1 2 2
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
12d) Exposure to contaminants present in atmospheres and soil
3 3 9 Ensure that workers are using adequate PPE (such as mask, safety shoe etc.) while working in excavated pits;
Ensure that the workers are well informed about the potential hazards (pertaining to exposure to hazardous atmosphere in the excavated pits).
Encourage the workers to inform/report in case they face such exposures. Take adequate measures to reduce exposure (if reported);
Hazardous fumes should be considered. Diesel and petrol engine equipment should not be allowed into excavations without arranging for exhausts to be ducted away or forced ventilation to be used
1 2 2
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
12e) Striking underground electrical cables with resulting flash burns and electrical shock
4 5 20 Cable and / or pipe plans and service plans should be used to locate underground services which should be marked on the ground and where practicable digging should take place as far as possible from them;
Use cable and pipe locators during the course of the excavation work;
Adequate care should be taken to ensure that mechanical means of digging are not used within 0.5 metres of underground services and spades and shovels should be used instead of picks and forks which are more likely to pierce cables.
Once the underground services are located and exposed they should be supported. Both new and existing services should be permanently marked by the use of appropriate tapes over the service and by placing permanent markers above ground indicating the service type, depth, route etc.
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
13 Scaffolding 13a) Fall of person 4 4 16 Ensure that the scaffoldings are erected by competent persons;
Scaffolding should be inspected and used only if it is tagged by the competent person as “ok to use”.
Check the location for ground conditions, such as slopes, and stay clear away from hazards such as overhead wires, obstructions and changes in surface elevation;
Scaffolding must be routinely inspected by the supervisor and by a competent person;
A scaffold and its platform must be perfectly levelled to minimize the risk of workers losing balance and falling off;
Keep the working platform free of obstructions. Place debris and waste material in a container or remove it from the platform immediately;
Ensure the workers are provided with suitable PPE (such as Safety helmet, safety shoe etc.)
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
14 Bar bending & Cutting 14a) Exposure to unguarded part of bending & cutting machine
3 4 12 Provide suitable PPE’s (Hard hat, gloves, safety shoes, safety goggles) to the workers and ensure that PPE are used while bar bending & cutting operations;
Ensure that the bending & cutting machines shall be properly guarded;
Only trained workers shall be allowed for carrying out bending and cutting operations;
Good housekeeping must be practiced to avoid to slip, trip or fall of persons
Scrap generated from the cutting and bending operations should be stored & recycled to minimize the wastage.
2 2 4
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
15 Concrete mixers / Concrete batch plant
15a) Exposure to moving parts of the concrete mixer like gears, chains, rollers etc. Entrapment hazard, loss of body parts, cut
3 4 12 All moving parts of the concrete mixers/ batching plants shall be properly guarded to prevent all accidents.
Operator must be informed and the mixer shall be kept in the power off mode while cleaning the concrete mixture/ batching plant
All cables, clamps, hooks, gears, slings etc. shall be oiled and greased on weekly basis.
Operation and maintenance of the concrete mixture/ batching plant shall be done regularly
During maintenance work the mixer should be kept on plane surface to avoid moving away and wheel stopper must be used;
Proper access with railings to the hopper/ silos must be provided;
Only trained staff must be allowed take out the operation of concrete mixers/ batching plant.
2 2 4
15b) Exposure to Noise, dust and Vibration while the batching plant is in operation
3 3 9 Adequate controls such as acoustic treatment to the machine wherever feasible for noise; rubber handles for vibration should be provided;
Ensure that adequate PPEs are used by the workers (ear plugs, dust masks and rubber gloves)
3 1 3
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
16 Stacking of Material 16a) Fall of material causing injury minor to major cuts, etc
4 3 12 Ensure that materials are secured to prevent fall while stacking/loading-un-loading;
Suitable PPE’s (Hard hat, gloves, safety shoes, safety goggles) shall be used while handling material with sharp edges;
Appropriate slings and lifting tackles shall be used; Loading & unloading of heavy material through
cranes shall be properly monitored; Training on proper posture for manual lifting shall
be imparted to all workers; Hazardous material shall be handled as per the
instructions by the manufacturer; Arrangement of First Aid shall be in place. Good housekeeping standards should be given at
site induction meetings.; Ensure that palletized loads are not stacked more
than two pallets high. Materials shall not be stored on slippery surface; Stacking of material shall be such that it is beyond
access of men and vehicle; Separate hand pump shall be maintained for oils; Provide/arrange for trays and bunds where
necessary beneath containers, to prevent ground contamination.
2 2 4
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
17 Painting 17a) Inhalation of toxic fumes or VOCs during painting or spray applications
4 5 20 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for Chemical products used in painting & coating operations must be made available and the precautions mentioned in the MSDS needs to be followed while using those chemicals;
Toxic substances and hazards related to the toxic chemicals shall be identified;
Suitable PPE’s (such as appropriate mask, Eye Glass, Gloves, Safety shoes) and Hard hat shall be used;
Adequate arrangement for cleaning of spillage shall be ensured;
Only trained workers shall be allowed; Exposure limits of the toxic substances shall be
checked before starting the work and nobody shall be allowed to carry out the work beyond the permissible limits;
Ventilation or exhaust facility shall be provided at the place where painting and coating operations are carried out;
In case of indoor painting or painting in confined spaces, exhaust ventilation shall be provided.
2 3 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
18 Gas Welding/ cutting 18a) Fire hazard 4 5 20 Implement Permit to work system for undertaking Hot Work;
Ensure that there is no flammables or combustible materials within 11 meters of the place where hot work is being performed;
Provide ready access to fire protection equipment; Provide adequate Personal Protective Equipment
(such as safety shoe, welding gloves, welding masks etc.);
Ensure that the work is undertaken under the supervision of safety officer and fire watch.
Ensure that the workmen are aware about the potential H&S risks and are aware about the safe practices;
Ensure that trolleys (with the cylinders securely chained) are used to transport the cylinders.
Hoists shall be installed, tested and maintained. When planning the provision of a hoist the location, fixing points, expected loads and statutory inspections shall be checked;
Net shall be provided for the protection of fall of material;
Platform and toe boards shall be provided at each floor;
4 2 8
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
18b) Cylinder explosion/ Inhalation of toxic gasses
All gates shall be signed `Gate must be shut at all times;
An enclosure 2 m high shall be placed around the base of the hoist. An enclosure or gate shall be fitted at all levels where a person could be struck by a moving hoist.
The hoist shall be controlled from one position only, and an effective means of signaling is required if the operator's view is obstructed;
Hoist drivers shall be authorized, trained and competent.
3rd party inspection (by competent persons) shall be ensured at periodic interval and whenever any modification is done.
19 Operation of material hoist
19a) Fall of material/ person stuck
4 3 12 Installation, repair and maintenance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations;
Exhaust systems shall be properly installed Refer 1a
2 2 4
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
20 Operation of DG set 20a) Noise 3 3 9 All electrical connections, such as wires, cables and terminals shall be properly insulated and covered, and shall not be touched with bare hands or while in contact with water. This is essential to prevent the occurrence of an electric shock;
All power voltage supplies shall be turned off at the source while installing or servicing the generator;
The frame of the generator and any external conducting parts shall have proper grounding / earthing wiring. This shall never be disconnected.
Wiring, cable and cord sets must be of the recommended capacity;
3 2 6
20b) Electrical 4 5 20 Fuel or oil spills around the generator, leakages from the unit’s fuel system and fuel supply lines, and presence of combustible materials around the generator will pose a risk of an explosion;
A fire extinguisher shall be readily available; Smoking in the vicinity of the equipment should be
banned. No flammable substances should be available in the
vicinity.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
20c) Fire 4 5 20 All the wire cables used in the site should be adequately insulated. No bare cables/ wires, etc should be used;
The material and apparatus used shall conform to the relevant specifications of the Bureau of Indian Standard or International Electro-Technical Commission;
Adequate plugs as per the voltage supply should be provided and no loose wire points should be used for plugging;
No insulation tape should be used in case two wires are required to be joined. Instead replace the entire wire.
All electrical parts must be guarded to prevent accidental contact;
Warning and danger sign stating voltage and restricted entry should be marked in the area;
Ensure that all the electrical equipments including portable electrical equipments are provided with machine earthing (grounding) as well as body earthing (grounding.
Undertake third party test in every six months to ensure the continuity of earth system;
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
21 Electrical Work 21a) Electrocution or burn hazards
4 5 20 Install circuit breakers or fuses to prevent over-heating of wires and components that might otherwise create hazards for operators
Install ground-fault circuit interrupter, or GFCI in high-risk areas.
In case of any electrical maintenance activity, use electrical work permit system and implement lock out and tag out;
Only authorised and competent personnel (wireman certificate holder) should work on electrical equipments;
Provide insulation mats of IS 15652 standard in front of all electrical panels;
Provide first aid box and resuscitation chart in the electrical panel rooms.
3 4 12
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
22 Working near Overhead Lines
22a) Electrocution 4 5 20 Refer 1 d De-energise the overhead lines, if feasible, before
working near those lines; Unqualified employees and mechanical equipment
must stay at least 10 feet (3.05 meters) away from overhead power lines. If the voltage is more than 33,000 volts, the clearance must be increased by 0.3 m for each additional 33,000 volts.
For lines of voltage exceeding 33kV the clearance above shall not less than 5.2 m plus 0.3 m for every 33,000 V or part thereof by which the voltage exceed 33,000 V.
For High Voltage Direct Current Lines the ground clearance should be as per Schedule X of Central Electricity Authority Regulations 2010.
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
23 Natural Hazards 23a) Heat Stroke 3 3 9 As much as possible undertake the work in the shade (natural or manmade);
If provision of shade is not feasible, the workers must wear adequate head wear with hood to protect the sun glare;
Job rotation in such work after every 2 hours is must;
Eye protection can be recommended to prevent sun glares;
Recommend to wear loose clothing that permits sweat evaporation but stops radiant heat. Use cooled protective clothing for extreme conditions.
Use frequent breaks; If practical, allow workers to set their own pace of
work; Define emergency procedures. Assign one person
trained in first aid to each work shift. Train workers in recognition of symptoms of heat exposure.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
23b) Snake Bites 4 5 20 Be aware of snakes that may be swimming in the water to get to higher ground and those that may be hiding under debris or other objects.
If you see a snake, back away from it slowly and do not touch it.
If you see a snake in your home, immediately call the animal control agency in your county.
If you or someone you know are bitten, try to see and remember the color and shape of the snake.
Do not pick up a snake or try to trap it. Use snake chaps in case one has to work within
dense debris or dense vegetation or water. In case of the bite, immediately provide the first aid
and send the person to the nearest hospital for further treatment.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Table 2 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (Operation Phase)
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
24 Vehicle Movement
24a) Refer 7a 1 4 4 Refer 7a 1 2 2
24b) Refer 7b 3 4 12 Refer 7b
2 3 6
24c) Refer 7c 4 4 16 Refer 7c
2 3 6
24d) Refer 7d 4 5 20 Refer 7d
2 3 6
25 Manual Loading/ Unloading
25a) Refer 5g 4 5 20 Refer 5g 2 3 6
26 Working at height
26a) Refer 10 a 5 4 20 Refer 10a 3 2 6
27 Excavation 27a) Refer 12 a 3 4 16 Refer 12a 2 2 4
27b) Refer 12b 3 4 16 Refer 12b 2 2 4
27c) Refer 12c 3 3 9 Refer 12c 1 2 2
27d) Refer 12 d 3 3 9 Refer 12d
1 2 2
27e) Refer 12e 4 5 20 Refer12e 3 3 9
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
28 Confined space working
28a) Asphyxiation, suffocation
3 3 9 As far as possible, entry to confined spaces needs to be avoided;
When entry is necessary, pre-entry checks are to be carried out to determine the condition of the confined space and the necessary measures to ensure safety of the entry workers;
The site must implement Permit to work system for entering into confined spaces;
Suitable means of communication between the site and an external point of contact is to be established tested and working before entry commences;
During each confined space entry an attendant is to remain outside the confined space at all times in contact with the worker (s) inside;
The site shall ensure that employees are medically and physically fit to enter confined spaces and use PPE before authorizing them to enter confined spaces;
3 1 3
28b) Explosion 4 5 20 2 4 8
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
All authorized confined space entry workers are to be trained and assessed as competent in confined space entry (training is to include hazard awareness and practical use of PPE);
All authorized confined space workers are to be trained and drilled regularly in the site’s emergency procedures;
The atmosphere in a confined space is to be tested from the outside and found to be normal before each entry.
The atmosphere is to be monitored continually throughout the period of entry.
Electronic monitoring equipment are capable of detecting;
A) Oxygen levels, B) Toxic gases, and C) Flammable and explosive atmospheres
Access points are to remain open and guarded throughout the period entry.
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
29 Operation of material hoist
29a) Fall of material/ person stuck
4 3 12 Installation, repair and maintenance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations;
Exhaust systems shall be properly installed,
2 2 4
30 Operation of DG set
30a) Refer 20a 3 3 9 Refer 20a
3 2 6
30b) Refer 20b 4 5 20 Refer 20b 3 2 6
30c) Refer 20c 4 5 20 Refer 20c 3 3 9
31 Electrical Work 31a) Refer 21a 4 5 20 Refer 21a 3 4 12
32 Working near Overhead Lines
32a) Refer 22a 4 5 20 Refer 22a 3 3 9
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
33 Cleaning/ Maintenance activity
33a) Exposure to cleaning chemicals
3 3 9 Ensure that workers are using adequate PPE (such as mask, gloves etc.) while undertaking cleaning activity;
Ensure that the workers are well informed about the potential hazards (pertaining to exposure to hazardous chemicals). Use Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
Encourage the workers to inform/report in case they face such exposures. Take adequate measures to reduce exposure (if reported);
Hazardous fumes should be considered, if any generated due to implementation of chemicals.
1 2 2
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
33b) Fall of material causing injury minor to major cuts, etc
4 3 12 Ensure that materials are secured to prevent fall while cleaning.
Suitable PPE’s (Hard hat, gloves, safety shoes, safety goggles) shall be used while handling material with sharp edges;
Hazardous material shall be handled as per the instructions by the manufacturer;
Arrangement of First Aid shall be in place.
Good housekeeping standards should be given at site induction meetings.;
Materials shall not be stored on slippery surface;
Provide/arrange for trays and bunds where necessary beneath containers, to prevent ground contamination.
2 2 4
34 Natural Hazards 34a) Refer 23 a 3 3 9 Refer 23a 3 2 6
34b) Refer 23b 4 5 20 Refer 23b 3 2 6
No. HSE RA 001
HIRA Wind Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Generic Risk Assessment Table
Lik
elih
ood
Consequences 1 2 3 4 5 Insignificant Negligible Moderate Extensive Significant 5 Almost Certain
5 10 15 20 25
4 Likely 4 8 12 16 20 3 Possible 3 6 9 12 15 2 Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10 1 Rare 1 2 3 4 5
Very High Risk Immediate Action Required High Risk Senior Management Attention Required Medium Management responsibility must be specified Low Monitor and manage by routine inspections Very Low Managed by routine procedure
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Table 1 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (Construction Phase)
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
1 Pegging 1a) Hammering/ Impact hazard
4 4 16 Undertake tool box before the start of the day’s activity;
Inform the hazards, risk and control measures during the tool box talk;
All the machinery and tools used for the purpose should be of adequate and do not use damaged tools and machinery;
The worker undertaking the activity must be trained;
The tools and machine should be daily inspected by the supervisor and in case of any damage must be immediately replaced;
The workers must wear adequate PPEs such as hand gloves, safety glasses, etc.
3 2 6
2 Piling & Auguring 2a) Impact hazard 4 4 16 Undertake tool box before the start of the day’s activity;
3 2 6 2b) Dust exposure 1 2 2 1 1 1
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
2c) Fall of material like boulders using JCB, etc.
3 4 12 Inform the hazards, risk and control measures during the tool box talk;
All the machinery and tools used for the purpose should be of adequate and do not use damaged tools and machinery;
The worker undertaking the activity must be trained;
The JCB operators must be trained for their work; The tools and machine should be daily inspected
by the supervisor and in case of any damage must be immediately replaced;
The workers must wear adequate PPEs such as hand gloves, safety glasses, etc.
All the rock boulders must be crushed by the JCB in a way that it can be transported to designated locations safely;
Provide the barrication to the area undertaking piling and auguring;
Only authorised personnel should enter the area; For dust exposure provide dust mask;
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
During rock and boulder movement wear knee pads and elbow protection;
Area supervisor must ensure that no trespassing is allowed within the area;
3 Concreting 3a) Impact 4 4 16 Undertake tool box before the start of the day’s activity;
Inform the hazards, risk and control measures during the tool box talk;
All the machinery and tools used for the purpose should be of adequate and do not use damaged tools and machinery;
The worker undertaking the activity must be trained;
The tools and machine should be daily inspected by the supervisor and in case of any damage must be immediately replaced;
The workers must wear adequate PPEs such as hand gloves, safety glasses, etc.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
3b) Vibration 5 4 20 Only trained professional should undertake the activity;
The concrete breaker must be of adequate strength and design to undertake the work;
Periodic maintenance of the concrete breakers to minimise the vibration exposures;
The worker must wear adequate PPEs like rubber hand gloves to minimise the vibration exposure further.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
3c) Electrocution 3 4 12 Only trained professional should undertake the activity;
All the wire cables used in the site should be adequately insulated. No bare cables/ wires, etc should be used;
The material and apparatus used shall conform to the relevant specifications of the Bureau of Indian Standard or International Electro-Technical Commission;
Adequate plugs as per the voltage supply should be provided and no loose wire points should be used for plugging;
No insulation tape should be used in case two wires are required to be joined. Instead replace the entire wire.
All electrical parts must be guarded to prevent accidental contact;
Ensure that all the electrical equipments including portable electrical equipments are provided with machine earthing (grounding) as well as body earthing (grounding.
The worker must wear adequate PPEs like rubber hand gloves to minimise the vibration exposure further.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
4 Manual Loading/ Unloading
4a) Muscle strains, sprains & injuries caused by lifting heavy loads
4 5 20 Ensure two man lift is enforced for reaching or carrying heavier items;
Split loads to make them lighter and safer to handle smoking and after shift
2 3 6
5 Sand mixing, cleaning, etc. 5a) Lung damage or difficulty breathing from mixing and usage of sand paper for surface preparation
5 4 20 Wear dust mask when mixing up; Ensure mixing is undertaken in a well ventilated
and nominated area by site supervisor
3 1 3
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
6 Concrete mixers / Concrete batch plant
6a) Exposure to moving parts of the concrete mixer like gears, chains, rollers etc. Entrapment hazard, loss of body parts, cut
3 4 12 All moving parts of the concrete mixers/ batching plants shall be properly guarded to prevent all accidents.
Operator must be informed and the mixer shall be kept in the power off mode while cleaning the concrete mixture/ batching plant
All cables, clamps, hooks, gears, slings etc. shall be oiled and greased on weekly basis.
Operation and maintenance of the concrete mixture/ batching plant shall be done regularly
During maintenance work the mixer should be kept on plane surface to avoid moving away and wheel stopper must be used;
Proper access with railings to the hopper/ silos must be provided;
Only trained staff must be allowed take out the operation of concrete mixers/ batching plant.
2 2 4
6b) Exposure to Noise, dust and Vibration while the batching plant is in operation
3 3 9 Adequate controls such as acoustic treatment to the machine wherever feasible for noise; rubber handles for vibration should be provided;
Ensure that adequate PPEs are used by the workers (ear plugs, dust masks and rubber gloves)
3 1 3
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
7 Stacking of Material 7a) Fall of material causing injury minor to major cuts, etc
4 3 12 Ensure that materials are secured to prevent fall while stacking/loading-un-loading;
Suitable PPE’s (Hard hat, gloves, safety shoes, safety goggles) shall be used while handling material with sharp edges;
Appropriate slings and lifting tackles shall be used;
Loading & unloading of heavy material through cranes shall be properly monitored;
Training on proper posture for manual lifting shall be imparted to all workers;
Hazardous material shall be handled as per the instructions by the manufacturer;
Arrangement of First Aid shall be in place. Good housekeeping standards should be given at
site induction meetings.; Ensure that palletized loads are not stacked more
than two pallets high. Materials shall not be stored on slippery surface; Stacking of material shall be such that it is beyond
access of men and vehicle; Separate hand pump shall be maintained for oils; Provide/arrange for trays and bunds where
necessary beneath containers, to prevent ground contamination.
2 2 4
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
8 Painting 8a) Inhalation of toxic fumes or VOCs during painting or spray applications
4 5 20 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for Chemical products used in painting & coating operations must be made available and the precautions mentioned in the MSDS needs to be followed while using those chemicals;
Toxic substances and hazards related to the toxic chemicals shall be identified;
Suitable PPE’s (such as appropriate mask, Eye Glass, Gloves, Safety shoes) and Hard hat shall be used;
Adequate arrangement for cleaning of spillage shall be ensured;
Only trained workers shall be allowed; Exposure limits of the toxic substances shall be
checked before starting the work and nobody shall be allowed to carry out the work beyond the permissible limits;
Ventilation or exhaust facility shall be provided at the place where painting and coating operations are carried out;
In case of indoor painting or painting in confined spaces, exhaust ventilation shall be provided.
2 3 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
9 Gas Welding/ cutting 9a) Fire hazard 4 5 20
Implement Permit to work system for undertaking Hot Work;
Ensure that there is no flammables or combustible materials within 11 meters of the place where hot work is being performed;
Provide ready access to fire protection equipment; Provide adequate Personal Protective Equipment
(such as safety shoe, welding gloves, welding masks etc.);
Ensure that the work is undertaken under the supervision of safety officer and fire watch.
Ensure that the workmen are aware about the potential H&S risks and are aware about the safe practices;
Ensure that trolleys (with the cylinders securely chained) are used to transport the cylinders.
Hoists shall be installed, tested and maintained. When planning the provision of a hoist the location, fixing points, expected loads and statutory inspections shall be checked;
Net shall be provided for the protection of fall of material;
Platform and toe boards shall be provided at each floor;
4 2 8
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
9b) Cylinder explosion
All gates shall be signed `Gate must be shut at all times;
An enclosure 2 m high shall be placed around the base of the hoist. An enclosure or gate shall be fitted at all levels where a person could be struck by a moving hoist.
The hoist shall be controlled from one position only, and an effective means of signaling is required if the operator's view is obstructed;
Hoist drivers shall be authorized, trained and competent.
3rd party inspection (by competent persons) shall be ensured at periodic interval and whenever any modification is done.
10 Operation of material hoist
10a) Fall of material/ person stuck
4 3 12 Installation, repair and maintenance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations;
Exhaust systems shall be properly installed,
2 2 4
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
11 Operation of DG set 11a) Noise 3 3 9 All electrical connections, such as wires, cables and terminals shall be properly insulated and covered, and shall not be touched with bare hands or while in contact with water. This is essential to prevent the occurrence of an electric shock;
All power voltage supplies shall be turned off at the source while installing or servicing the generator;
The frame of the generator and any external conducting parts shall have proper grounding / earthing wiring. This shall never be disconnected.
Wiring, cable and cord sets must be of the recommended capacity;
3 2 6
11b) Electrical 4 5 20 Fuel or oil spills around the generator, leakages from the unit’s fuel system and fuel supply lines, and presence of combustible materials around the generator will pose a risk of an explosion;
A fire extinguisher shall be readily available; Smoking in the vicinity of the equipment should
be banned. No flammable substances should be available in
the vicinity.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
11c) Fire 4 5 20 All the wire cables used in the site should be adequately insulated. No bare cables/ wires, etc should be used;
The material and apparatus used shall conform to the relevant specifications of the Bureau of Indian Standard or International Electro-Technical Commission;
Adequate plugs as per the voltage supply should be provided and no loose wire points should be used for plugging;
No insulation tape should be used in case two wires are required to be joined. Instead replace the entire wire.
All electrical parts must be guarded to prevent accidental contact;
Warning and danger sign stating voltage and restricted entry should be marked in the area;
Ensure that all the electrical equipments including portable electrical equipments are provided with machine earthing (grounding) as well as body earthing (grounding.
Undertake third party test in every six months to ensure the continuity of earth system;
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
12 Structure/ Module Installation
12a) Fall, slip, trips, etc
5 4 20 Implement work at height permit to work system before any construction site which is undertaking within the active operational area;
Provide adequate controls (rail guards, toe guards, platform, scaffolds, for work at height)
The platforms, scaffold, etc. should be installed on the levelled surface on the ground.
Scaffold and ladders used for the work should be inspected and tagged “ok to use” before taking in to usage; and
Workers working at height should be using the adequate PPEs as per the work/permit system or as identified in the JHAs.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
13 Scaffolding 13a) Fall of person 4 4 16 Ensure that the scaffoldings are erected by competent persons;
Scaffolding should be inspected and used only if it is tagged by the competent person as “ok to use”.
Check the location for ground conditions, such as slopes, and stay clear away from hazards such as overhead wires, obstructions and changes in surface elevation;
Scaffolding must be routinely inspected by the supervisor and by a competent person;
A scaffold and its platform must be perfectly levelled to minimize the risk of workers losing balance and falling off;
Keep the working platform free of obstructions. Place debris and waste material in a container or remove it from the platform immediately;
Ensure the workers are provided with suitable PPE (such as Safety helmet, safety shoe etc.)
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
14 Bar bending & Cutting 14a) Exposure to unguarded part of bending & cutting machine
3 4 12 Provide suitable PPE’s (Hard hat, gloves, safety shoes, safety goggles) to the workers and ensure that PPE are used while bar bending & cutting operations;
Ensure that the bending & cutting machines shall be properly guarded;
Only trained workers shall be allowed for carrying out bending and cutting operations;
Good housekeeping must be practiced to avoid to slip, trip or fall of persons
Scrap generated from the cutting and bending operations should be stored & recycled to minimize the wastage.
2 2 4
15 Excavation 15a) Collapse of wall, embankment or landslide
3 4 16 Collapse of wall/embankment can be prevented by battering the sides to a safe angle or by supporting them with sheeting or proprietary support systems;
Support should be installed without delay as the work progresses;
Ensure the workers are competent and experienced as far as possible and that they have clear instructions
2 2 3
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
15b) Cave In 3 4 16 Provide sloping (i.e. cutting back the trench wall at an angle inclined away from the excavation) of appropriate angle;
Provide Shoring (i.e. installing Aluminum hydraulic or other types of supports to prevent soil movement) to the excavation wall;
The site may consider using Shielding (Shielding protects workers by using trench boxes or other types of supports to prevent soil cave-ins).
2 2 3
15c) Flooding of excavation
3 3 9 Install efficient means of pumping out the excavations ensuring that the outflow from the pump does not cause flooding problems elsewhere;
Provide Signage (Excavation) and barricading near the excavated area to alert and prevent man movement near the excavated area.
1 2 3
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
15d) Exposure to contaminants present in atmospheres and soil
3 3 9 Ensure that workers are using adequate PPE (such as mask, safety shoe etc.) while working in excavated pits;
Ensure that the workers are well informed about the potential hazards (pertaining to exposure to hazardous atmosphere in the excavated pits).
Encourage the workers to inform/report in case they face such exposures. Take adequate measures to reduce exposure (if reported);
Hazardous fumes should be considered. Diesel and petrol engine equipment should not be allowed into excavations without arranging for exhausts to be ducted away or forced ventilation to be used
1 2 2
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
15e) Striking underground electrical cables with resulting flash burns and electrical shock
4 5 20 Cable and / or pipe plans and service plans should be used to locate underground services which should be marked on the ground and where practicable digging should take place as far as possible from them;
Use cable and pipe locators during the course of the excavation work;
Adequate care should be taken to ensure that mechanical means of digging are not used within 0.5 metres of underground services and spades and shovels should be used instead of picks and forks which are more likely to pierce cables.
Once the underground services are located and exposed they should be supported. Both new and existing services should be permanently marked by the use of appropriate tapes over the service and by placing permanent markers above ground indicating the service type, depth, route etc.
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
16 Inverter Room Assembly
16a) Fall, slip, trips, etc during Work at height
5 4 20 Implement work at height permit to work system before any construction site which is undertaking within the active operational area;
Provide adequate controls (rail guards, toe guards, platform, scaffolds, for work at height)
The platforms, scaffold, etc. should be installed on the levelled surface on the ground.
Scaffold and ladders used for the work should be inspected and tagged “ok to use” before taking in to usage; and
Workers working at height should be using the adequate PPEs as per the work/permit system or as identified in the JHAs.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
16b) Working on slant roof
5 4 20 Implement work at height permit to work system before any construction site which is undertaking within the active operational area;
Provide adequate controls (rail guards, toe guards, platform, scaffolds, anchor line, etc. for work at height)
The platforms, scaffold, etc. should be installed on the levelled surface on the ground.
Scaffold and ladders used for the work should be inspected and tagged “ok to use” before taking into the usage; and
Workers working at height should be using the adequate PPEs as per the work/permit system or as identified in the JHAs.
3 2 6
17 Installation of invertor, combiner box, transformers, panel, and UPS
17a) Fall of Material 5 4 20 Net shall be provided for the protection of fall of the material;
Ensure that the persons working at height are carrying least amount of loads (baring those that are absolutely necessary);
Provide barricading at the ground where work at height is performed;
Ensure minimal human movement near the area where work at height is under-going.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
17b) Electrical shock 4 5 20 All the wire cables used in the site should be adequately insulated.;
The material and apparatus used shall conform to the relevant specifications of the BIS or International Electro-Technical Commission;
Adequate plugs as per the voltage supply should be provided and no loose wire points should be used for plugging;
No insulation tape should be used in case two wires are required to be joined. Instead replace the entire wire.
All electrical parts must be guarded to prevent accidental contact;
Warning and danger sign stating voltage and restricted entry should be marked in the area;
Ensure that all the electrical equipments including portable electrical equipments are provided with machine earthing (grounding) as well as body earthing (grounding.
Undertake third party test in every six months to ensure the continuity of earth system; and
Install ground-fault circuit interrupter, or GFCI in high-risk areas.
3 4 12
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
17c) Cut and other injury
3 3 9 Only trained workers shall be allowed for carrying out cutting operations;
Good housekeeping must be practiced to avoid to slip, trip or fall of persons
Scrap generated from the cutting operations should be stored & recycled to minimize the wastage
Provide suitable PPEs to prevent hand injuries.
2 2 4
18 Battery Installation 18a) Refer 17a 5 4 20 Refer 17a 3 2 6 18b) Refer 17b 4 5 20 Refer 17b 3 4 12 18c) Muscle strains,
sprains & injuries caused by lifting heavy loads due to manual loading, unloading
4 5 20 Ensure two man lift is enforced for reaching or carrying heavier items;
Split loads to make them lighter and safer to handle smoking and after shift
2 3 6
18d) Dust exposure 5 4 20 Use suitable PPE such as dust mask in order to avoid exposure to dusts.
If feasible keep the area water sprinkled to settle the dust.
3 1 3
19 Welding/ Gas Cutting 19a) Fire Hazards 4 5 20 Implement Permit to work system for undertaking 4 2 8
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
19b) Cylinder Explosion
Hot Work; Ensure that there is no flammables or combustible
materials within 11 meters of the place where hot work is being performed;
Provide ready access to fire protection equipment; Provide adequate Personal Protective Equipment
(such as safety shoe, welding gloves, welding masks etc.);
Ensure that the work is undertaken under the supervision of safety officer and fire watch.
Ensure that the workmen are aware about the potential H&S risks and are aware about the safe practices;
Ensure that trolleys (with the cylinders securely chained) are used to transport the cylinders.
19c) Inhalation of toxic gases
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
20 Vehicle Movement 20a) Struck by moving vehicles
4 4 16 Speed limits within the premise should be below 10kmph and speed limits should be displayed conspicuously within the site premise;
Speed bumps should be provided; All operatives and site visitors must ensure they
sign in when entering Ensure they are wide enough and that floor and
road surfaces are kept in good condition. Remove obstructions where possible, otherwise, make sure they are clearly visible. Avoid including sharp bends in road layouts. Provide suitable fixed mirrors at blind corners.
Site inductions to be provided to all operatives and visitors before entering the work site
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
All operatives and visitors to keep to pedestrian areas only
Brakes should be checked before entering the premise;
Safe coupling of trailers; Limit the vehicle movement in the day time only. The use of cross-over points will be incorporated
into site plan; Apply radar sensors to warn drivers if reversing
too near to an object where necessary; Drivers MUST be trained to drive Night time
vehicle movement is only considered if the driver have clear visibility with the help of street lights as well as vehicle headlights; and
Do not glare the headlights during night-time.
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
20b) Falling from vehicle
3 4 12 Provide safety belts to person in the vehicles; No person should be on the roof or open trailer of
the moving vehicle; Avoid the need of reversing by better design of the
traffic routes of each site; In case of any slope or turns, provide clear signage
on the road to indicate the slope/ turns, etc. When working on the vehicle roof. Ensure that the
worker is wearing safety harness and the safety harness is attached to the anchor line.
2 3 6
20c) Stuck by object falling from vehicle
4 4 16 Do not keep the lose material on the vehicle; Vehicle movement and pedestrian movement
should be separate and all the crossover points should be provided with clear demarcations;
Set parking brakes when vehicles are parked and chock the wheels if they are on an incline;
Understand the differences in performance when loaded and unloaded, particularly relating to braking and stability on slopes;
2 3 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
20d) Injured because of vehicle overturning
4 5 20 Check whether the driver has adequate protection against overturning or being hit by falling objects.
Apply rollover protective systems ROPS and falling-object protective structures FOPS to protect the driver where necessary
Visibly check that loads are evenly distributed and that they do not obscure visibility from the driving position;
Drive at appropriate speeds for site conditions; and
Load only on level ground with the parking brake applied.
2 3 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
21 Working near Overhead Lines
21a) Electrocution 4 5 20 De-energise the overhead lines, if feasible, before working near those lines;
Unqualified employees and mechanical equipment must stay at least 10 feet (3.05 meters) away from overhead power lines. If the voltage is more than 33,000 volts, the clearance must be increased by 0.3 m for each additional 33,000 volts.
For lines of voltage exceeding 33kV the clearance above shall not less than 5.2 m plus 0.3 m for every 33,000 V or part thereof by which the voltage exceed 33,000 V.
For High Voltage Direct Current Lines the ground clearance should be as per Schedule X of Central Electricity Authority Regulations 2010.
3 3 9
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
22 Natural Hazards 22a) Heat Stroke 3 3 9 As much as possible undertake the work in the shade (natural or manmade);
If provision of shade is not feasible, the workers must wear adequate head wear with hood to protect the sun glare;
Job rotation in such work after every 2 hours is must;
Eye protection can be recommended to prevent sun glares;
Recommend to wear loose clothing that permits sweat evaporation but stops radiant heat. Use cooled protective clothing for extreme conditions.
Use frequent breaks; If practical, allow workers to set their own pace of
work; Define emergency procedures. Assign one person
trained in first aid to each work shift. Train workers in recognition of symptoms of heat exposure.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
22b) Snake Bites 4 5 20 Be aware of snakes that may be swimming in the water to get to higher ground and those that may be hiding under debris or other objects.
If you see a snake, back away from it slowly and do not touch it.
If you see a snake in your home, immediately call the animal control agency in your county.
If you or someone you know are bitten, try to see and remember the color and shape of the snake.
Do not pick up a snake or try to trap it. Use snake chaps in case one has to work within
dense debris or dense vegetation or water. In case of the bite, immediately provide the first
aid and send the person to the nearest hospital for further treatment.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
23 Working at height 23a) Fall, slip, trips, etc
5 4 20 Implement work at height permit to work system before any construction site which is undertaking within the active operational area;
Provide adequate controls (rail guards, toe guards, platform, scaffolds, for work at height)
The platforms, scaffold, etc. should be installed on the levelled surface on the ground.
Scaffold and ladders used for the work should be inspected and tagged “ok to use” before taking in to usage; and
Workers working at height should be using the adequate PPEs as per the work/permit system or as identified in the JHAs.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description Hazard Identification
Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
24 Demolition work 24a) Collapse of the structure
5 5 25 Only trained professional must undertake demolition work;
Area where demolition work is undertaken must be barricaded and warning signage should be displayed in local language on only authorised personnel will enter.
Proper supervision must be provided to avoid unauthorised entry in the area with the help of security;
Debris should be removed periodically to prevent obstruction of exit areas;
Adequate PPEs as identified in the JHAs should be used by the workers.
3 3 9
24b) Suffocation 3 3 9 Debris should be removed periodically to prevent obstruction of exit areas;
In case of any unstable structure maintain safe distance from it;
All the work should be conducted under supervision;
Single person should never be allowed to work in the demolition site.
3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Table 2 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (Operation Phase)
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
25 Vehicle Movement
25a) Refer 20a 1 4 4 Refer 20a 1 2 2
25b) Refer 20b 3 4 12 Refer 20b
2 3 6
25c) Refer 20c 4 4 16 Refer 20c
2 3 6
25d) Refer 20d 4 5 20 Refer 20d
2 3 6
26 Working at height
26a) Refer 23 a 5 4 20 Refer 23a 3 2 6
27 Excavation 27a) Refer 15a 3 4 16 Refer 15a 2 2 4
27b) Refer 15b 3 4 16 Refer 15b 2 2 4
27c) Refer 15c 3 3 9 Refer 15c 1 2 2
27d) Refer15d 3 3 9 Refer15d
1 2 2
27e) Refer15e 4 5 20 Refer15 e 3 3 9
28 Confined space working
28a) Asphyxiation, suffocation
3 3 9 As far as possible, entry to confined spaces needs to be avoided;
3 1 3
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
28b) Explosion 4 5 20 When entry is necessary, pre-entry checks are to be carried out to determine the condition of the confined space and the necessary measures to ensure safety of the entry workers;
The site must implement Permit to work system for entering into confined spaces;
Suitable means of communication between the site and an external point of contact is to be established tested and working before entry commences;
During each confined space entry an attendant is to remain outside the confined space at all times in contact with the worker (s) inside;
The site shall ensure that employees are medically and physically fit to enter confined spaces and use PPE before authorizing them to enter confined spaces;
2 4 8
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
All authorized confined space entry workers are to be trained and assessed as competent in confined space entry (training is to include hazard awareness and practical use of PPE);
All authorized confined space workers are to be trained and drilled regularly in the site’s emergency procedures;
The atmosphere in a confined space is to be tested from the outside and found to be normal before each entry.
The atmosphere is to be monitored continually throughout the period of entry.
Electronic monitoring equipment are capable of detecting;
A) Oxygen levels, B) Toxic gases, and C) Flammable and explosive atmospheres
Access points are to remain open and guarded throughout the period entry.
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
29 Operation of material hoist
29a) Fall of material/ person stuck
4 3 12 Installation, repair and maintenance shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations;
Exhaust systems shall be properly installed,
2 2 4
30 Operation of DG set
30a) Refer 11a 3 3 9 Refer 11a 3 2 6
30b) Refer 11b 4 5 20 Refer 11 b 3 2 6
30c) Refer 11c 4 5 20 Refer 11c 3 3 9
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
31 Electrical Work 31a) Electrocution or burn hazards
4 5 20 Install circuit breakers or fuses to prevent over-heating of wires and components that might otherwise create hazards for operators
Install ground-fault circuit interrupter, or GFCI in high-risk areas.
In case of any electrical maintenance activity, use electrical work permit system and implement lock out and tag out;
Only authorised and competent personnel (wireman certificate holder) should work on electrical equipments;
Provide insulation mats of IS 15652 standard in front of all electrical panels;
Provide first aid box and resuscitation chart in the electrical panel rooms.
3 4 12
32 Working near Overhead Lines
32a) Refer 21a 4 5 20 Refer 21a 3 3 9
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
33 Cleaning/ Maintenance activity
33a) Exposure to cleaning chemicals
3 3 9 Ensure that workers are using adequate PPE (such as mask, gloves etc.) while undertaking cleaning activity;
Ensure that the workers are well informed about the potential hazards (pertaining to exposure to hazardous chemicals). Use Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
Encourage the workers to inform/report in case they face such exposures. Take adequate measures to reduce exposure (if reported);
Hazardous fumes should be considered, if any generated due to implementation of chemicals.
1 2 2
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
S.No. Activity Description
Hazard Identification Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
Control Action/Measures Likelihood (L)
Consequences (C)
Risk Rating (R= LXC)
33b) Fall of material causing injury minor to major cuts, etc
4 3 12 Ensure that materials are secured to prevent fall while cleaning.
Suitable PPE’s (Hard hat, gloves, safety shoes, safety goggles) shall be used while handling material with sharp edges;
Hazardous material shall be handled as per the instructions by the manufacturer;
Arrangement of First Aid shall be in place.
Good housekeeping standards should be given at site induction meetings.;
Materials shall not be stored on slippery surface;
Provide/arrange for trays and bunds where necessary beneath containers, to prevent ground contamination.
2 2 4
34 Natural Hazards 34a) Refer 22a 3 3 9 Refer 22a 3 2 6
34b) Refer 22b 4 5 20 Refer 22b 3 2 6
No. HSE RA 002
HIRA Solar Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
Generic Risk Assessment Table
Lik
elih
ood
Consequences 1 2 3 4 5 Insignificant Negligible Moderate Extensive Significant 5 Almost Certain
5 10 15 20 25
4 Likely 4 8 12 16 20 3 Possible 3 6 9 12 15 2 Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10 1 Rare 1 2 3 4 5
Very High Risk Immediate Action Required High Risk Senior Management Attention Required Medium Management responsibility must be specified Low Monitor and manage by routine inspections Very Low Managed by routine procedure
No. HSE RA 003 Effective Date:
Job Hazard Analysis Template Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Activity Project Location Contact number Date Prepared Prepared By and Signature
Reviewed by Signature
Notes
Job Steps Hazards Identified Risk Rating
R = LXC Controls Risk Rating
R = L X C Equipment to be used Training/ competence
requirements Inspection Requirements
PPEs requirements
Generic Risk Assessment Table
Lik
elih
ood
(L
)
Consequences (C) 1 2 3 4 5 Insignificant Negligible Moderate Extensive Significant 5 Almost Certain
5 10 15 20 25
No. HSE RA 003 Effective Date:
Job Hazard Analysis Template Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
L i k Consequences (C) 4 Likely 4 8 12 16 20 3 Possible 3 6 9 12 15 2 Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10 1 Rare 1 2 3 4 5
Very High Risk Immediate Action Required High Risk Senior Management Attention Required Medium Management responsibility must be specified Low Monitor and manage by routine inspections Very Low Managed by routine procedure
Final compilation Name
Sign
No. HSE RA 004
Effective Date:
Tool Box Talk Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Toolbox Talk Form
DATE___________LOCATION_________________SUPERVISOR______________
Name in full Signature Name in Full Signature
Toolbox Talk – Topics to discuss
Additional discussion
points
Any safety issues that need discussing
Write discussion points here and names of any employees asking questions
Other points or issues raised (include names of persons raising the points)
No. HSE RA 004
Effective Date:
Tool Box Talk Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Risk Assessment
Additional discussion
points
Hazard Identified
Activities Hazards Risk Rating Remarks
No. HSE RA 004
Effective Date:
Tool Box Talk Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Generic Risk Assessment Table
Likelihood
Consequences
1 2 3 4 5
Insignificant Negligible Moderate Extensive Significant
5 Almost Certain
5 10 15 20 25
4 Likely 4 8 12 16 20
3 Possible 3 6 9 12 15
2 Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10
1 Rare 1 2 3 4 5
Very High Risk Immediate Action Required
High Risk Senior Management Attention Required
Medium Management responsibility must be specified
Low Monitor and manage by routine inspections
Very Low Managed by routine procedure
No. HSE RA 005 Effective Date:
Change Request Template Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Change number Requested by Date of Request Change description
Reason for change
Effect due to change Operational Safety Environment Health
Change Approval Name Signature Operation EHS Name Sign
No. HSE CL 001 Effective Date:
Work Permit Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Permit Number Date Type of Permit Work at Height Confined Space Hot work Electrical Work Location Contractor/ Employee
Phone number
The permit is valid from
Am/pm
The permit is valid till
Am/pm
Description of work
Risk assessment undertaken Yes No
Note: The following section of this permit must be completed and signed by the authorised person(s) before work is to proceed and only work listed above may be completed.
The following equipment will be used during the works (all equipment to be used is in good working order and is fit for use):
Elevated work platform (i.e. scissor lift)
Roof and/or ladder anchor points
Ropes and harness
Step ladder Extension ladder Edge protection
Mobile scaffold Appropriate footwear Safety net
LEL monitoring attendant required Fire extinguishers
Hand gloves
Face mask Type:……………………………..
Respiratory PPEs Type:…………………………………
Safety Glasses Natural Hazards Welding machine
Portable electrical equipments
Brazing Machine Others
Others Others Others
No. HSE CL 001 Effective Date:
Work Permit Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Authorisation Permit Issued to
Signature Signature Date Permit Issued by
Cancellation/ Completion of permit Permit Cancelled or return by
Signature Signature Date Permit Cancelled and returned at
Am/pm
Other (please specify):
The following services have been isolated (LOTO) for the duration of the works:
Smoke / thermal detectors Pipes, tanks and valves Electrical Outlets / appliances
Other (please specify):
The following control measures have been implemented for the duration of the works:
Barricades Signage Spotter
Insulation Mats LOTO Attendant
Fire extinguisher Machine Guarding LEL meter
Other (please specify):
The following environmental factors have been assessed and are suitable for the works:
Weather / wind Stored material / vegetation Natural Vegetation
Other (please specify):
No. HSE CL 001 Effective Date:
Work Permit Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Reason
Final Sign off The worksite has been inspected by me at the cancellation/completion of the work at heights and declared safe for normal operations to resume.
Name Signature Date
No. HSE CL 002A Effective Date:
MEWP Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Machine Name: -------------------------------- Date of Inspection:----------------------------- S.No. Parts Description Ok/ not ok/ remarks 1 Wheel/Tyres 1 Nuts/ retainers/ loose or missing
2 Tyre pressure 3 Cut splits and damage
2 Power source 4 Fluid level 5 Leakage 6 Battery
3 Hydraulics 7 Fluid level 8 Leakage
4 Hoses and cables 9 Cut/chaff/bulge 10 Damage or debris
5 Outriggers 11 Condition 12 Interlock
6 Chassis/ boom and scissor pack
13 Condition/ crack in weld 14 Wear and tear of pin retainers and chains
7 Platform or cage 15 Exit/ access for cage
No. HSE CL 002A Effective Date:
MEWP Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
16 Harness anchor point 17 Obstruction on platform
8 Function checks 18 Security device 19 Function enabler switches 20 Emergency stops 21 Lifting functions and controls 22 Speed 23 Extending decks 24 Jack legs
Inspected by: Reviewed By: Name: Name: Signature: Signatures:
No. HSE CL 002B Effective Date:
Scaffold Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Machine Name: -------------------------------- Date of Inspection:----------------------------- S.No. Description Remark/ ok/ not ok/ damaged/ missing, etc 1 Soleplates /Baseplates 2 Nuts/ bolts 3 Height 4 Standards spacing (shall not be spaced more than 2
Meters Longitudinally and 1.2 Meters Transversely)
Standard joints 5 Adjustable 6 Transoms spacing and joints 7 Foot wheel brakes (if any) 8 Head lacing (support to any structure) 9 Long bracing 10 Transverse bracing 11 Ledgers spacing and joints 12 Planking board 13 Guard rail/ toe board
No. HSE CL 002B Effective Date:
Scaffold Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
14 Applied load 15 If welded, any cracks 16 Anchors 17 Fitting Tightness 18 Outriggers 19 As per IS 3696 (Safety codes for scaffold and ladders) Inspected by: Reviewed By: Name: Name: Signature: Signatures: For Terminologies
No. HSE CL 002B Effective Date:
Scaffold Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
No. HSE CL 002B Effective Date:
Scaffold Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
No. HSE CL 002C Effective Date:
Ladder Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Ladder Name: -------------------------------- Date of Inspection:----------------------------- S.No. Description Remark/ ok/ not ok/ damaged/ missing, etc 1 Loose steps or rungs (considered loose if they can be
moved at all with the hand)
2 Loose nails, screws, bolts or other metal parts 3 Cracked, split or broken uprights, braces, steps or rungs 4 Slivers on uprights, rungs or steps 5 Damaged or worn non-slip bases 6 Stepladders: Wobbly (from side strain) 7 Loose or bent hinge spreaders 8 Stop on hinge spreaders broken 9 Broken, split or worn steps 10 Loose hinges 11 Extension ladders: Loose, broken or missing extension
locks
12 Defective locks that do not seat properly when the ladder is extended
13 Deterioration of rope from exposure to weather or other
No. HSE CL 002C Effective Date:
Ladder Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
destructive agents 14 Trestle ladders: Loose hinges 15 Wobbly 16 Loose or bent hinge spreaders 17 Stop or hinge spreader broken 18 Centre section guide for extension out of alignment 19 Defective locks for extension 20 As per IS 3696 (Safety codes for scaffold and ladders) Note: Any defects to the ladder must be reported and the ladder removed from use and marked with a label to ensure further use is prohibited. All repair work to ladders and steps may only be carried out by a competent person. Inspected by: Reviewed By: Name: Name: Signature: Signatures: NOTE: Any ladder considered unsafe and beyond economical repair must be scrapped.
No. HSE CL 005 Effective Date:
Machine Guarding Template Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Requirements for all Safeguards S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Do the safeguards provided meet the minimum legal requirements?
2 Do the safeguards prevent workers' hands, arms, and other body parts for making contact with dangerous moving parts?
3 Are the safeguards firmly secured and not easily removable?
4 Do the safeguards ensure that no object will fall into the moving parts?
5 Do the safeguards permit safe, comfortable, and relatively easy operation of the machine?
6 Can the machine be oiled without removing the safeguard?
7 Is there a system for shutting down the machinery before safeguards are removed?
8 Can the existing safeguards be improved? Mechanical Hazards S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Is there a point-of-operation safeguard provided for the machine?
2 Does it keep the operator's hands, fingers, body out of the danger area?
3 Is there evidence that the safeguards have been tampered with or
No. HSE CL 005 Effective Date:
Machine Guarding Template Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
removed? 4 Could you suggest a more practical, effective safeguard?
5 Could changes be made on the machine to eliminate the point-of- operation hazard entirely?
Power transmission apparatus S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Are there any unguarded gears, sprockets, pulleys, or flywheels on the apparatus?
2 Are there any exposed belts or chain drives?
3 Are there any exposed set screws, key ways, collars, etc.?
4 Are starting and stopping controls within easy reach of the operator?
5 If there is more than one operator, are separate controls provided?
6 Are safeguards provided for all hazardous moving parts of the machine including auxiliary parts?
Non Mechanical Hazards S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Have appropriate measures been taken to safeguard workers against noise hazards?
2 Have special guards, enclosures, or personal protective equipment been provided, where necessary, to protect workers from exposure to harmful substances used in machine operation?
No. HSE CL 005 Effective Date:
Machine Guarding Template Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Electric Hazards S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Is the machine installed in accordance with legal requirements?
2 Are there loose conduit fittings?
3 Is the machine properly grounded?
4 Is the power supply correctly fused and protected?
5 Do workers occasionally receive minor shocks while operating any of the machines?
Training S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Do operators and maintenance workers have the necessary training in how to use the safeguards and why?
2 Have operators and maintenance workers been trained in where the safeguards are located, how they provide protection, and what hazards they protect against?
3 Have operators and maintenance workers been trained in how and under what circumstances guards can be removed?
4 Have workers been trained in the procedures to follow if they notice guards that are damaged, missing, or inadequate?
Protective equipments and clothing
No. HSE CL 005 Effective Date:
Machine Guarding Template Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
S.No. Description Yes (comment)
No (Comment)
1 Is protective equipment required?
2 If protective equipment is required, is it appropriate for the job, in good condition, kept clean and sanitary, and stored carefully when not in use?
3 Is the operator dressed safely for the job (i.e., no loose-fitting clothing or jewelry)?
Machinery Maintenance and Repair S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Have maintenance workers received up-to-date instruction on the machines they service?
2 Do maintenance workers lock out the machine from its power sources before beginning repairs?
3 Where several maintenance persons work on the same machine, are multiple lockout devices used?
4 Do maintenance persons use appropriate and safe equipment in their repair work?
5 Is the maintenance equipment itself properly guarded?
6 Are maintenance and servicing workers authorised/ licensed to undertake the work?
No. HSE CL 017 Effective Date:
Sample H&S Audit Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Table 1 Houskeeping Checklist
S.No Description Remarks 1 All trash can emptied and disposed at designated
location
2 Cobwebs removed
3 Designated locations have the required and labelled trash cans
4 Spill kits available
5 Cleaning material stock available
6 Toilets and drinking water area clean
7 Canteen area and food serving area clean
8 MSDS of cleaning agent available
9 PPEs for cleaning purpose available
10 What is the frequency of the cleaning
No. HSE CL 010 Effective Date:
Vehicle Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
General S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Are your supervisors, drivers and others, including contractors and visiting drivers, aware of the site rules and their responsibilities to help maintain a safe workplace and environment?
2 Has a risk assessment been carried out for all workplace transport hazards?
3 Is the level of supervision sufficient to ensure that safe standards are maintained?
4 Are penalties applied when employees, contractors etc fail to maintain these standards?
5 Do you take adequate steps to detect and correct any unsafe behaviour of drivers of both on-site and visiting vehicles, as well as pedestrians?
Internal Traffic Layout S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Are the roads and footways suitable for the types and volumes of vehicular traffic and pedestrian traffic using them?
2 Are vehicles and pedestrians kept safely apart?
3 Where necessary are there suitable pedestrian crossing places on vehicle routes?
4 Is there a safe pedestrian route that allows visiting drivers to report for instructions when entering the site?
5 Are there adequate numbers of suitable parking places for all
No. HSE CL 010 Effective Date:
Vehicle Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
vehicles and are they used?
6 Is there a properly designed and signed one-way system used on vehicle routes within the workplace where this can be achieved?
7 Is the level of lighting in each area sufficient for the pedestrian and vehicle activity?
8 Are they wide enough 9 Are there any obstructions or properly maintained?
10 Are there any sharp bends?
11 Are Road signs properly and conspicously displayed?
12 Is the speed of the internal roads as per the local regulations or less than 15 kmph, whichever is stringent?
13 Are features such as fixed mirrors (to provide greater vision at blind bends), road humps (to reduce vehicle speeds), or barriers (to keep vehicles and pedestrians apart) provided where necessary?
Vehicle Selection checklist S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Have suitable vehicles and attachments been selected for the tasks which are actually undertaken?
2 Do vehicles have good direct visibility or devices for improving vision where reversing cannot be eliminated and where significant risk still remains eg external and side mirrors; vision aids such as CCTV; sensing device?
3 Are they provided with horns, lights, reflectors, reversing lights and other safety features as necessary?
No. HSE CL 010 Effective Date:
Vehicle Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
4 Do they have effective service and parking brakes?
5 Do they have seats and seatbelts where necessary?
6 Are there guards to prevent access to dangerous parts of the vehicles, eg power take-offs, chain drives, exposed exhaust pipes?
7 Do drivers have protection against bad weather conditions, or against an unpleasant working environment, ie the cold, dirt, dust, fumes and excessive noise and vibration?
8 Is there a safe means of access to and exit from, the cabs and other parts that need to be reached?
9 Are surfaces, where people walk on vehicles, slip resistant?
10 Is driver protection against injury in the event of an overturn, and measures in place to prevent the driver being hit by falling objects, provided where necessary?
11 Are operators involved or consulted on vehicle selection? Vehicle Maintenance S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Is there a regular preventative maintenance programme for every vehicle, carried out at predetermined intervals of time or mileage? eg in accordance with manufacturers' instructions?
2 Is there a system for reporting faults on the vehicle and associated equipment and carrying out remedial work?
3 Where vehicle attachments lift people or objects, are thorough examinations undertaken by a competent person (e.g. your
No. HSE CL 010 Effective Date:
Vehicle Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
insurance company)?
4 Do the drivers carry out basic safety checks before using the vehicle?
No. HSE CL 012 Effective Date:
Gas Cylinders Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
General S.No. Description Yes
(comment) No (Comment)
1 Are cylinders stored in upright positions and immobilized by chains?
2 Are cylinders stored away from highly flammable substances such as oil, gasoline, or waste?
3 Are cylinders stored away from electrical connections, gas flames or other sources of ignition, and substances such as flammable solvents and combustible waste material?
4 Are flammable gases separated from oxidizing gases in storage areas?
5 Are storage rooms for cylinders dry, cool, and well- ventilated?
6 Are cylinders stored away from incompatibles, excessive heat, continuous dampness, salt or other corrosive chemicals, and any areas that may subject them to damage?
7 Is the storage area permanently posted with the names of the gases stored in the cylinders?
8 Do all compressed gas cylinders have their contents and precautionary labeling clearly marked on their exteriors?
9 Are all compressed gas cylinder valve covers in place when cylinders are not in use?
10 Are all compressed gas cylinders stored so they do not interfere with exit paths?
11 Are all compressed gas cylinders subjected to periodic hydrostatic testing and interior inspection?
No. HSE CL 012 Effective Date:
Gas Cylinders Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Note this is done by the supplier!
12 Do all compressed gas cylinders have safety pressure relief valves?
13 Are safety relief devices in the valve or on the cylinder free from any indication of tampering?
14 Are charged or full cylinders labeled and stored away from empty cylinders?
15 Are all compressed gas cylinders regularly inspected for corrosion, pitting, cuts, gouges, digs, bulges, neck defects and general distortion?
16 Are compressed gas cylinders always moved, even short distances, by a suitable hand truck?
17 Are compressed gases only handled by experienced and properly trained people?
18 Does the Gas Cylinder Rules, 2005 for users are followed.
No. HSE CL 013 Effective Date:
Sample Excavation Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
S.No. Description Yes (comment)
No (Comment)
1 Area identified has any sub-surface utility?
2 Type of sub surface utility if any?--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 What is depth of excavation and what is groundwater level?---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 Is the excavation on landfill area, if yes any potential gas--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Any possibility of water ingress?
6 Is sloping and bracing defined?
7 Does permit to work taken? 8 Are warning sign placed? 9 People working in the area are trained? 10 For night visibility are enough lights provided? 11 Vehicle management had taken place? 12 What is the buffer area for vehicle movement? Is it atleast 2 m away
from the excavation?
13 Is there nearby structure to the excavation? 14 Is slope implementation done as per the depth of the excavation? 15 Is sub surface utility detected from the third party vendors? 16 17 18
No. HSE CL 013 Effective Date:
Sample Excavation Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPES (HORIZONTAL: VERTICAL) FOR EXCAVATIONS LESS THAN 20 FEET DEEP
SOIL TYPE DEFINITIONS Slope
STABLE ROCK - Natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides that remain intact while exposed.
Vertical or 90
TYPE A – Cohesive soil example: Clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam, which is not fissured or subjected to vibration from heavy traffic etc., and has not been previously disturbed.
¾:1 or 53
TYPE B – Cohesive soil or granular cohesionless soil including angular gravel, silt, silt loom, sandy loom. Previously disturbed soils except those otherwise classified as Type C.
1:1 or 45
TYPE C - Granular soils including gravel, sand, and loamy soils or submerged soil.
1.5:1 or 34
Notes: (1) If soil type is undefined, assume to be Type C. (2) Materials or equipment shall be kept a distance or at least two feet from the edge of the excavation.
Stable Rock Vertical or 90º
Type A ¾:1 or 53º
Type B 1:1 or 45º
Type C 1.5:1 or 34º
No. HSE CL 015 Effective Date:
Ergonomics Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Name Completed by Date Time Chair Yes No NA If No, suggested
actions Can the height, seat and back of your chair adjusted Obtain properly
functioning chair Are your feet fully supported by the floor when seated Lower the chair
Add footrest Readjust as per footwear height
Are you able to sit without feeling pressure from the chair on the back of your knees
Adjust seat pan Add a back support
Does your chair provide support for your lower back? Adjust chair back Obtain lumbar roll
Does your armrest allow you to get close to your workstation?
Adjust/ remove armrest
Keyboard and Mouse Yes No NA If No, suggested actions
Are your keyboard, mouse and work surface at your elbow height?
Raise or lower workstation
Raise or lower keyboard
Raise or lower chair
Are frequently used objects within easy reach? Rearrange work station
When using your keyboard and mouse, are your wrists straight and your upper arms relaxed by your side?
• Recheck chair, raise or lower as needed • Check posture • Check keyboard and mouse height
Is your mouse at the same level and as close as possible to your keyboard?
• Move mouse closer to keyboard • Obtain larger keyboard tray if necessary
No. HSE CL 015 Effective Date:
Ergonomics Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
Do you alternate the hand used for controlling your mouse?
Switch hands and adjust buttons in Control Panel
Work Surface Yes No NA If No, suggested actions
Is your monitor positioned directly in front of you? Reposition monitor Is your monitor positioned at least an arm’s length away? Reposition
monitor Obtain flat screen
or deeper work surface if there is not enough space
Is your monitor height slightly below eye level? Add or remove monitor stand
Adjust monitor height
Are your monitor and work surface free from glare? Windows at side of monitor
Adjust overhead lighting
Cover windows Tilt screen
downward Obtain anti-glare
screen Do you have a desk lamp for reading or writing documents?
Obtain desk lamp Place on left if
right-handed – place on right if left-handed
Breaks Yes No NA If No, suggested actions
Do you take stretch breaks every 30 minutes? Set reminders to take breaks
Do you take regular eye breaks from looking at your monitor?
Refocus on a picture on wall
No. HSE CL 015 Effective Date:
Ergonomics Checklist Revision Date:
SIGNATORIES SIGNATURE DATE
PREPARED BY
CHECKED BY
APPROVED BY
AUTHORISED BY
every few minutes Accessories Yes No NA If No, suggested
actions Is your document ramp positioned directly in front of you?
Obtain a different document ramp
Adjust workstation set-up
Are you using a headset or speakerphone if you are writing or keying while talking on the phone?
Obtain a headset if using the phone
Turnkey/Self EPC Wind or Solar
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures 1 Key compliance checks Does the site aware about the QHSE policy 2 Key compliance checks Does the policy displayed at site 3 Key compliance checks Does the site has dedicated EHSS personnel 4 Key compliance checks Is the site aware of EHSS framework of the ReNew?5 Key compliance checks Does the site undertake EHSS monitoring
90 Key compliance checks Is the site implemented and monitoring all parameters as per ESMP? If yes please attach latest monitoring report
6 Key compliance checks Does site follows procedure or plan other than ReNew? Like contractor etc?7 Key compliance checks Does the same reviewed by ReNew EHSS officer 9 Key compliance checks Does the ReNew online legal tool implemented at site 10 Key compliance checks Has the site complied with all legal requirements
11 Key compliance checks Any serious noncompliance observed in the legal tool which need immediate action
12 Key compliance checks
Has the Site obtained Forest Clearance (in case forest land diversion is required) for both main project site and associated facilities like transmission towers and Right of Way for internal roads.
13 Key compliance checks Is the contractor confining its activities within the footprint of the project acquired lands?
14 Key compliance checks Is the contractor leasing any land from private individuals or from the community? If yes, provide details of lease.
15 Key compliance checks Do the contractor workforce/ other visitors wear ID card/ visitor card to regularize any unauthorized entry
16 Key compliance checks Are access routes in good condition and clearly signposted17 Key compliance checks Are passageways/work areas clear to avoid tripping hazards
18 Key compliance checks Is the site housekeeping properly maintained and is the construction material safely stacked.
19 Health and Safety Has the site undertaken risk and impact assessment?20 Health and Safety Has the site captured all the activities for risk assessment?21 Health and Safety In case of any new activity, does the site undertake risk assessment?22 Health and Safety How does the site communicate the results of risk assessment?
23 Health and SafetyAre the hazards and controls displayed on the site for easy reference of the workers?
24 Health and Safety Is the risk assessment periodically reviewed by the experts?Health and Safety Does the site has adqueate first aid facility at site
25 Health and Safety Do all employees know regarding the first aid facility provided on the site?26 Health and Safety Are employees trained for the first aid?27 Health and Safety Is there medical evaluation conducted for workers working on-site?28 Health and Safety Does the site prepare a H&S training calendar?29 Health and Safety Does the site undertake refresher trainings & mock drills?30 Health and Safety Does the site include H&S in induction training?8 Health and Safety Are training records maintained?
31 Health and Safety Are potable (drinking) water and adequate toilet facilities available at the Site
32 Health and SafetyDoes the site provide tested drinking water, drinking water test certificate availablle at site?
33 Health and SafetyAre the employees and workers seen wearing adequate PPEs as per the requirement of the job
34 Health and Safety Does the site follow Permit to work and tool box talk practice
35 Health and Safety Are the workers provided with adequate personal protective equipment?36 Health and Safety Is the work fenced off from the public using physical barriers37 Health and Safety Is the boundary of the Project Site secure and undamaged
38 Health and SafetyAre all portable ladders removed or their rungs boarded so that they cannot be used
39 Health and Safety Are excavations and openings securely covered or fenced off
EHSS Audit for construction sitesProject name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Site Incharge details
Turnkey/Self EPC Wind or Solar
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures
EHSS Audit for construction sitesProject name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Site Incharge details
40 Health and Safety Are flammable or dangerous substances locked away in secure storage places41 Emergency response plan Does the site has on-site emergency plan
42 Emergency response plan Are the people aware of the On-site Emergency Plan and assembly pointsEmergency response plan Does the site has adqueate fire extenguishers at site
43 Emergency response plan Is there a means of raising the alarm, and does it work44 Emergency response plan Does the site has emergency response team 45 Emergency response plan Does the site has displayed updated emergency contact numbers 46 Emergency response plan Does the site identified assembly point 47 Emergency response plan Do the site staff/workers aware about on-site emergency plan48 Emergency response plan Are there adequate escape routes and are these kept clear49 Emergency response plan Is the vechicle available for emergency on site in all the shifts?
50 Excavations Is there safe access into the excavation, e.g. a sufficiently long, secured ladder
51 Excavations Are there barriers or other protection to stop people and vehicles from falling in
52 Excavations Are properly secured stop blocks provided to prevent tipping vehicles falling in
53 Excavations Are materials and spoil stored away from the edge of the excavation to reduce the chance of a collapse
54 Cranes Is the crane on a firm level base; are the riggers properly set55 Cranes Are the crane driver and signaler trained and competent
56 Cranes Has the signaler/slinger been trained to give signals and to attach loads correctly
57 CranesHave you made arrangements to make sure the driver can see the load or has a signaler been provided to help
58 CranesDoes the crane and its auxiliarly parts have a current report of thorough examination and record of inspection
59 Electrical safety
Have all necessary services been provided on site before work begins and have you also identified existing services present on site (e.g. electric cables or gas mains) and taken effective steps, if necessary, to prevent danger from them.
60 Electrical safetyWhere mains voltage has to be used, are trip devices, e.g. residual current devices (RCDs), provided and maintained for all equipment.
61 Electrical safety Are cables and leads protected from damage
62 Electrical safety Are all connections to the system properly made and are suitable plugs used
63 Electrical safetyAre tools and equipment checked by users, visually examined on site and regularly inspected and tested by a competent person
64 Electrical safetyWhere there are overhead lines, has the electricity supply been turned off, or have other precautions been taken, such as providing 'goal posts' or taped markers
65 Electrical safetyHave hidden electricity cables and other services been located (e.g. with a locator and plans) and marked, and have you taken precautions for safe working
66 Fall Protection Are holes/excavations/pits adequately guarded and marked to prevent falls67 Fall Protection Are temporary structures stable, adequately braced and not overloaded
68 Fall ProtectionAre open sided platforms and floors provided with guard rails and toe board to prevent falls
69 Fall Protection Have safety harness been provided to workforce working at height (i.e. above 2 m)
70 Fuel and chemical management Is the quantity of flammable materials, liquids and gases on site kept to a minimum71 Fuel and chemical management Are they properly stored72 Fuel and chemical management Are suitable containers used for flammable liquids
Turnkey/Self EPC Wind or Solar
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures
EHSS Audit for construction sitesProject name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Site Incharge details
73 Fuel and chemical management Are smoking and other ignition sources banned in areas where gases or flammable liquids are stored or used
74 Fuel and chemical management Is flammable and combustible waste removed regularly and stored in suitable bins or skips
75 Grievance redressal mechanism Does the site has grievance redressal mechanism for workers and contractor 76 Grievance redressal mechanism Does the workers/staff aware about grievance redressal mechanism
77 Grievance redressal mechanismAre there any outstanding grievances related to contractors, e.g. are they affecting sources of livelihoods of communities around the project site?
78 Grievance redressal mechanism Does the site has outstandaing grievances of worker/staff for more than 1 month79 Grievance redressal mechanism Does the site implemented community grievance redressal mechanism
80 Grievance redressal mechanism Does the site has outstandaing grievances of community for more than 1 month
81 Hazardous waste managementHave you identified all harmful substances and materials, such as, paints, cement and dust
82 Hazardous waste managementHave you identified and put into place precautions to prevent or control exposure to hazardous substances
83 Hazardous waste management
Have workers had information and training so they know what the risks are from the hazardous substances used and produced on site, and what they need to do to avoid the risks
84 Hazardous waste management Is the authorize vendor contracted for Hazardous waste disposal
85 Hazardous waste managementIs vendor disposing off out of state? Does he has authorisation for disposing in another state
86 Traffic Safety Does the driver carrying valid driving license and insurance policy
87 Traffic Safety Are all workers and other staff seen wearing high visibility vests at all times.
88 Traffic SafetyAre vehicles properly maintained e.g. do the steering lights, handbrake and footbrake work properly, reverse horns and light
89 Traffic SafetyHave drivers received proper training and are they competent for the vehicles or plant they are operating
90 Traffic Safety Is it made sure that passengers are only carried on vehicles designed to carry them
91 Traffic Safety Has it been made sure that plant and vehicles are not used on dangerous slopes92 Traffic Safety Does the heavy vechcles keep co-pilot/signal man during movement 93 Traffic Safety Does the site enagage any private vechicle for commute
94 Tools and machineryAre all dangerous and moving parts guarded, e.g. gears, chains, drives, projecting engine shafts
95 Tools and machinery Are guards secured and in good repair
96 Tools and machineryAre tools and machinery maintained in good repair and are all safety devices operating correctly
97 Tools and machinery Are all operators trained and competent
98 Tools and machinery Are all tools and tackles caliberated as per manufacturer caliberation frequency 99 Powered access equipment Has the equipment been installed and inspected by a competent person100 Powered access equipment Are the operators trained and competent
101 Powered access equipment Is the safe working load clearly marked on the equipments and machinery102 Accident Incident Does the site report Incidents/accidents103 Accident Incident Does the site investigate the accidents/incidents 104 Accident Incident Does the site communicate lesson learnt from accidents/incidents to all 105 Accident Incident Does the site report accident/incidents to all relevant stakeholders
S.No. Aspect Standards for Workers Accommodation Responsible parties Satisfaction Levels Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures Lobour Camp Assessment Checklist
Turnkey/Self EPC Wind or Solar
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures
EHSS Audit for construction sitesProject name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Site Incharge details
1 Labour Camp – General RequirementsIs the location of the labour camp designed to avoid flooding or other natural hazards?
2 Labour Camp – General RequirementsIs the labour camp location at significant distance from the nearby residential locality?
3 Labour Camp – General Requirements Is the project site adequately drained?4 Labour Camp – General Requirements Is the labour camp designed as per approved plan
5 Labour Camp – General Requirements Is the building material used for the construction is safe and non-hazardous6 Labour Camp – General Requirements Does labour camp provide sufficient thermal projection7 Labour Camp – General Requirements Does labour camps are having proper access roads?
8 Sanitation FacilitiesDoes the labour camp have adequate sanitary and toilet facilities? If yes, are the numbers of toilets sufficient to suffice the number of labors.
9 Sanitation Facilities Is the toilet facility provided with adequate supply of water is available?10 Sanitation Facilities Is the overall hygiene and cleanliness satisfactory
11 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements
Are potable drinking water facilities available and provided to the labour camps? If yes, is it adequate for meeting domestic needs like bathing, washing and sanitation purpose?
12 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements Is the drinking water storage covered to prevent water stored therein from becoming polluted or contaminated?
13 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements Is adequate storage capacity available to store water for domestic purposes (storage of 48 hours reserve supply is adequate)?
14 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements Are their separate arrangements for sanitation and bathing facilities for men and women (in case of engagement of women workforce)?
15 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements Are the sanitation facilities maintained in good condition16 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements Does the site have a proper drainage system?
17 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements Are all streams of wastewater generated from the camps leading to treatment and disposal facility (septic tanks and soak pits etc.)?
18 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements Do the labour camps have adequate number of dustbins for waste collection and disposal?
19 Water, Wastewater and Waste Requirements
Are wastewater, sewage, food and any other waste material adequately discharged and disposed in compliance with local standards and without causing any significant impacts on camp residents, the environment or surrounding communities?
20 Living ConditionsDo the worker camps have adequate spacing inside to accommodate allotted number of individuals?
21 Living Conditions Are the labor camps properly illuminated?22 Living Conditions Is labour camp designed considering safety from rain
23 Living ConditionsAre the labour camps equipped to provide proper thermal comfort during winter seasons?
24 Living ConditionsAre the labour camps provided with proper facility to keep valuables such as cloak room etc.
25 Living Conditions Are the labor camps properly ventilated
26 Living ConditionsHave separate area for cooking being constructed/ allocated for workers and proper hygienic conditions being maintained?
27 Living ConditionsHave the workers been provided or allocated with proper sleeping arrangement like cots, mattresses, blankets etc.?
28 Health and SafetyIs the cooking facility separate from the living quarters to avoid any fire hazards and is the LPG cylinders (if used) stored in well-ventilated area?
29 Health and Safety Is the fire extinguisher been provided at the camps (If necessary)?
30 Health and SafetyAre there adequate first aid facilities present at the camp and is it readily accessible at all times?
31 Health and SafetyAre emergency contact numbers displayed prominently at the labour camp. The emergency contacts should include at least one number of principle employer
32 Health and Safety Is a housekeeping register being maintained for the camps?33 Health and Safety Are the workers sensitized on communicable diseases?34 Health and Safety General House Keeping and staff
Turnkey/Self EPC Wind or Solar
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures
EHSS Audit for construction sitesProject name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Site Incharge details
35 Health and Safety Vector Born Disease control
36 Health and Safety Are the workers provided with adequate personal protective equipment?
37 Community RelatedIs the nearby community anyway getting affected by the labour camps and its activities?
38 Community Related What are the types of such activities?
39 Community Related
Are there any sources through which there is a possibility of a disease spreading to the nearby community because of the unhygienic conditions at the labour camps? Has there been any? If yes, please specify and provide reasons.
40 Community RelatedIs the community getting affected due to the operation of the construction machinery?
Project name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Assest Manager details
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures 1 Key compliance checks Does the site aware about the QHSE policy 2 Key compliance checks Does the policy displayed at site
3 Key compliance checks Is the site aware of ESMS & HSE framework of the ReNew?4 Key compliance checks Does the site has dedicated EHSS personnel 5 Key compliance checks Does the site undertake EHSS monitoring
6 Key compliance checks Is the site monitoring all parameters as per ESMP? If yes please attach latest monitoring report
7 Key compliance checks Does site follows procedure or plan other than ReNew? Like contractor etc?
8 Key compliance checks Does the same reviewed by ReNew EHSS officer 9 Key compliance checks Are training records maintained?10 Key compliance checks Does the site emloyees/workers have valid ID cards11 Key compliance checks Does the site follow the practice of tool box talk 12 Key compliance checks Does the site emloyees/workers have valid ID cards
13 legal Does the ReNew online legal tool implemented at site 14 legal Has the site complied with all legal requirements
15 legalAny serious noncompliance observed in the legal tool which need immediate action
16 Health and Safety Has the site undertaken risk and impact assessment?
17 Health and Safety Has the site captured all the activities for risk assessment?
18 Health and SafetyIn case of any new activity, does the site undertake risk assessment?
19 Health and SafetyHow does the site communicate the results of risk assessment?
20 Health and SafetyAre the hazards and controls displayed on the site for easy reference of the workers?
21 Health and Safety Is the risk assessment periodically reviewed by the experts?
22 Health and Safety
Are facilities for first aid available at site and does it meet the requirements prescribed under the Factories Rules of the applicable state
23 Health and SafetyDo all employees know regarding the first aid facility provided on the site?
24 Health and Safety Are employees trained for the first aid?
25 Health and SafetyIs there medical evaluation conducted for workers working on-site?
26 Health and Safety Does the site prepare a H&S training calendar?
27 Health and Safety Does the site undertake refresher trainings & mock drills?28 Health and Safety Does the site include H&S in induction training?
29 Health and SafetyAre potable (drinking) water and adequate toilet facilities available at the Site
30 Health and Safety Are drinking water test certificate available at site
31 Health and SafetyAre the employees and workers seen wearing adequate PPEs as per the requirement of the job
32 Health and Safety Does the site provide tested drinking water 33 Health and Safety Does the site follow Permit to work practice34 Health and Safety Does the site maintain drinking water test report 35 Health and Safety General House Keeping and staff
36 Health and Safety
Are sanitary Facilities are in good working order and disposal of sewage in properly connected septic tanks or sewer lines
Wind or SolarTurnkey/Self EPC
EHSS Audit for O&M Sites
Project name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Assest Manager details
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures
Wind or SolarTurnkey/Self EPC
EHSS Audit for O&M Sites
37 Health and Safety
In setting up a fall injury prevention systems is it inspected to ensure sharp edges, pinch points and sources of heat, which could damage the system are identified and rectified?
38 Health and SafetyIs there adequate supervision to ensure that safe work practices for working at heights are in place?
39 Health and SafetyHas the site management provided overhead protection to workers against risk of objects falling from height?
40 Health and Safety Does the site prepare a H&S training calendar?
41 Health and Safety Does the site undertake refresher trainings & mockdrills?42 Health and Safety Does the site include H&S in induction training?
43 Health and SafetyWas proper disposal of household waste being carried out and there being adequate housekeeping within the facility
44 Health and Safety
Is there proper illumination at all the places where workers are required to work (Ex: confined spaces, passageways, stairways etc.)
45 Emergency response plan Does the site has on-site emergency plan
46 Emergency response planAre the people aware of the On-site Emergency Plan and assembly points
47 Emergency response plan Is there a means of raising the alarm, and does it work48 Emergency response plan Does the site has emergency response team
49 Emergency response planDoes the site has displayed updated emergency contact numbers
50 Emergency response plan Does the site identified assembly point
51 Emergency response planDo the site staff/workers aware about on-site emergency plan
52 Emergency response plan Are there adequate escape routes and are these kept clear
53 Emergency response planIs the vechicle available for emergency on site in all the shifts?
54 PPE
Has the site management provided appropriate personal protective equipment’s to all the workers & staff? (Ex: safety goggles, helmets, safety shoes etc.)
55 PPECondition of Safety harness. And availability of Safety grab (lanyards) with ladder for horizontal access.
56 PPE
Are workers instructed on the proper method to wear and use the safety harness or restraint belt, as well as attach it to the lifeline or anchorage point?
57 Hazardous waste managementHas the site management identified all the hazardous and non-hazardous waste generated on site?
58 Hazardous waste managementHave you identified and put into place precautions to prevent or control exposure to hazardous substances
59 Hazardous waste managementIs the authorize vendor contracted for Hazardous waste disposal
60 Hazardous waste managementIs vendor disposing off out of state? Does he has authorisation for disposing in another state
61 Hazardous waste managementIs there any asbestos containing material being used onsite?
62 Hazardous waste managementAre there any discarded asbestos cement sheets dumped on site?
Project name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Assest Manager details
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures
Wind or SolarTurnkey/Self EPC
EHSS Audit for O&M Sites
63 Chemical Handling and Storage
Is there any storage of chemicals (diesel, silica gel, thinner etc.) within site premises? If yes, please mention the quantity of diesel (in litres) stored in remarks section.
64 Chemical Handling and Storage
Is the storage of materials (including petroleum, gas cylinders,) subject to any licensing, or permitting requirement from local or state authorities? Provide details, if applicable in remarks.
65 Chemical Handling and Storage
Are updated Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for chemicals like silica gel, thinner, epoxy etc available and displayed at the site?
66 Chemical Handling and StorageAny chemical or materials handling training imparted to workers?
67 Chemical Handling and StorageAre chemical storage areas provided with adequate secondary containment?
68 Chemical Handling and Storage Does the site have a spill management plan?
69 Traffic SafetyDoes the driver carrying valid driving license and insurance policy
70 Traffic SafetyAre all workers and other staff seen wearing high visibility vests at all times.
71 Traffic Safety
Are vehicles properly maintained e.g. do the steering lights, handbrake and footbrake work properly, reverse horns and light
72 Traffic SafetyHave drivers received proper training and are they competent for the vehicles or plant they are operating
73 Traffic SafetyIs it made sure that passengers are only carried on vehicles designed to carry them
74 Traffic SafetyHas it been made sure that plant and vehicles are not used on dangerous slopes
75 Traffic SafetyDoes the heavy vechcles keep co-pilot/signal man during movement
76 Traffic Safety Does the site enagage any private vechicle for commute
77 Labour And Working Condition Are all workers medically fit to perform their respective jobs
78 Labour And Working Condition Are workers latest medical certificate available at site 79 Tools & Tackles Are tools & tackles calibrated
80 Tools & Tackles Are the ropes being used onsite, carefully inspected for any defects?
81 Electrical safetyIs a written copy of electrical safety procedures (including lockout and tagging) available for inspection?
82 Electrical safetyDoes the site complied with Lockout/Tag out program includes electrical safety-related work practices
83 Electrical safety
Are safety signs, safety symbols, or accident prevention tags used where necessary to warn employees about electrical hazards?
84 Electrical safetyIs sufficient Illumination provided in all spaces containing exposed electrical conductors
85 Electrical safety
Are Protective shields, barriers, or insulating materials used near exposed electrical circuits or where dangerous electric heating or arcing may occur
86 Electrical safetyIs equipment used and installed in accordance with instructions on the listing or label?
Project name Capacity (MW)AddressContractor detailsType of projectBusinessDate of Audit Report date Auditor Name Auditor Designation ReNew Assest Manager details
S.No. Aspect Check points Responsible parties Status Remarks Closure date Corrective actions/plan Evidence reviewed/pictures
Wind or SolarTurnkey/Self EPC
EHSS Audit for O&M Sites
87 Electrical safety Is all electrical equipment marked with the manufacturer's88 Accident Incident Does the site report Incidents/accidents89 Accident Incident Does the site investigate the accidents/incidents
90 Accident Incident Does the site communicate lesson learnt from accidents/incidents to all
91 Accident Incident
stakeholders
92 Environmental monitoringIs ambient noise monitoring done as per ESIA, if yes please attach last monitoring report
93 Environmental monitoring
Is ambient noise level within permissible limits as per Noise pollution (Regulation and control) rule 2000, if no please mention if any grievance received from nearby community
94 Site-specific Information (as needed)Are all temporary structures for construction phase removed and land restored
95 Site-specific Information (as needed) Are plantation activities and green belts maintained
96grievance redressal mechanism and stakeholder engagement plan
Is there a Grievance Redressal procedure for employee’s workers and community? If yes, where are the grievance registers placed? Attach registers
97grievance redressal mechanism and stakeholder engagement plan
Is the awareness training on grievance redressal mechanism given to workers and community
98grievance redressal mechanism and stakeholder engagement plan
Is there any grievance which could not addressed and closed?
99grievance redressal mechanism and stakeholder engagement plan
Do we conduct regular meetings with community?, if yes, please provide the details of meeting (MoM, photographs)
100grievance redressal mechanism and stakeholder engagement plan
Does site undertaken CSR activities in the project influenced villages through need assessment via regular dialogue with community.
101 grievance redressal mechanism and stakeho
Is the WTG causing shadow flicker effect? Are their complaints/grievances with respect to the same? What is the recorded number of hours per year?
102 Other general requirement
Is each disconnecting means for motors and appliances legibly marked to indicate its purpose, unless located and arranged so the purpose is evident?
103 Other general requirementAre all splices, joints, and free ends of conductors covered with adequate insulation?
104 Other general requirementAre sufficient work clearances (see note) maintained around all equipment operating at 600 volts or less?
105 Bird/Baty monitoring Have there been any bird mortalities that have been observed or recorded due to the WTG operation
106 Bird/Baty monitoring Is there any carcass dumping identified